patch 8.1.2285: padding in structures wastes memory

Problem:    Padding in structures wastes memory.
Solution:   Move fields to avoid padding. (Dominique Pelle, closes #5202)

.gitattributes

@@ -0,0 +1 @@
+src/testdir/test42.in diff

.gitignore

@@ -77,6 +77,7 @@ src/testdir/messages
 src/testdir/viminfo
 src/testdir/opt_test.vim
 runtime/indent/testdir/*.out
+runtime/indent/testdir/*.fail
 src/memfile_test
 src/json_test
 src/message_test

.travis.yml

@@ -96,7 +96,7 @@ anchors:
       - do_test() { "$@"; }
 
   coverage: &coverage
-    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8 latin-1 EUC-KR
+    - ~/.local/bin/coveralls -b "${SRCDIR}" -x .xs -e "${SRCDIR}"/if_perl.c -e "${SRCDIR}"/xxd -e "${SRCDIR}"/libvterm --encodings utf-8
     - (cd "${SRCDIR}" && bash <(curl -s https://codecov.io/bash))
 
   asan_symbolize: &asan_symbolize
@@ -142,10 +142,11 @@ script:
       "${SRCDIR}"/vim --not-a-term -u NONE -S "${SRCDIR}"/testdir/if_ver-2.vim -c quit > /dev/null
       cat if_ver.txt
     fi
-  - |
-    if do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST}; then
-      echo -en "travis_fold:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
-    fi
+  - >
+    do_test make ${SHADOWOPT} ${TEST} &&
+    make -C runtime/doc vimtags VIMEXE=../../"${SRCDIR}"/vim &&
+    FOLD_MARKER=travis_fold
+  - echo -en "${FOLD_MARKER}:end:test\\r\\033[0K"
 
 
 # instead of a 2*2*8 matrix (2*os + 2*compiler + 8*env),

CONTRIBUTING.md

@@ -4,14 +4,23 @@ Patches are welcome in whatever form.
 Discussions about patches happen on the vim-dev maillist.
 If you create a pull request on GitHub it will be
 forwarded to the vim-dev maillist.  You can also send your patch there
-directly.  An attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
+directly.  In that case an attachment with a unified diff format is preferred.
 Information about the maillist can be found [on the Vim website].
 
 [on the Vim website]: http://www.vim.org/maillist.php#vim-dev
 
-Please consider adding a test.  Test coverage isn't very good yet, this needs
-to improve.  Look through recent patches for examples.  The tests are located
-under "src/testdir".
+A pull request has the advantage that it will trigger the Continuous
+Integration tests, you will be warned of problems (you can ignore the coverage
+warning, it's noisy).
+
+Please consider adding a test.  All new functionality should be tested and bug
+fixes should be tested for regressions: the test should fail before the fix and
+pass after the fix.  Look through recent patches for examples and find help
+with ":help testing".  The tests are located under "src/testdir".
+
+Contributions will be distributed with Vim under the Vim license.  Providing a
+change to be included implies that you agree with this and your contribution
+does not cause us trouble with trademarks or patents.  There is no CLA to sign.
 
 
 # Reporting issues

Filelist

@@ -4,6 +4,7 @@
 # source files for all source archives
 SRC_ALL =	\
 		.gitignore \
+		.gitattributes \
 		.hgignore \
 		.lgtm.yml \
 		.travis.yml \
@@ -13,6 +14,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/README.md \
 		src/alloc.h \
 		src/arabic.c \
+		src/arglist.c \
 		src/ascii.h \
 		src/autocmd.c \
 		src/beval.c \
@@ -20,18 +22,27 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/blob.c \
 		src/blowfish.c \
 		src/buffer.c \
+		src/bufwrite.c \
 		src/change.c \
 		src/channel.c \
 		src/charset.c \
+		src/cindent.c \
+		src/cmdexpand.c \
+		src/cmdhist.c \
 		src/crypt.c \
 		src/crypt_zip.c \
 		src/debugger.c \
 		src/dict.c \
 		src/diff.c \
 		src/digraph.c \
+		src/drawline.c \
+		src/drawscreen.c \
 		src/edit.c \
 		src/eval.c \
+		src/evalbuffer.c \
 		src/evalfunc.c \
+		src/evalvars.c \
+		src/evalwindow.c \
 		src/ex_cmdidxs.h \
 		src/ex_cmds.c \
 		src/ex_cmds.h \
@@ -41,6 +52,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ex_getln.c \
 		src/feature.h \
 		src/fileio.c \
+		src/filepath.c \
 		src/findfile.c \
 		src/fold.c \
 		src/getchar.c \
@@ -60,6 +72,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/keymap.h \
 		src/macros.h \
 		src/main.c \
+		src/map.c \
 		src/mark.c \
 		src/mbyte.c \
 		src/memfile.c \
@@ -70,6 +83,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/message_test.c \
 		src/misc1.c \
 		src/misc2.c \
+		src/mouse.c \
 		src/move.c \
 		src/mysign \
 		src/nbdebug.c \
@@ -79,21 +93,28 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/ops.c \
 		src/option.c \
 		src/option.h \
-		src/popupmnu.c \
+		src/optiondefs.h \
+		src/optionstr.c \
+		src/popupmenu.c \
 		src/popupwin.c \
 		src/profiler.c \
 		src/quickfix.c \
 		src/regexp.c \
+		src/regexp_bt.c \
 		src/regexp_nfa.c \
 		src/regexp.h \
+		src/register.c \
+		src/scriptfile.c \
 		src/screen.c \
 		src/search.c \
+		src/session.c \
 		src/sha256.c \
 		src/sign.c \
 		src/sound.c \
 		src/spell.c \
 		src/spell.h \
 		src/spellfile.c \
+		src/spellsuggest.c \
 		src/structs.h \
 		src/syntax.c \
 		src/tag.c \
@@ -110,6 +131,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/version.c \
 		src/version.h \
 		src/vim.h \
+		src/viminfo.c \
 		src/winclip.c \
 		src/window.c \
 		src/tee/tee.c \
@@ -161,29 +183,40 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto.h \
 		src/protodef.h \
 		src/proto/arabic.pro \
+		src/proto/arglist.pro \
 		src/proto/autocmd.pro \
 		src/proto/beval.pro \
 		src/proto/blob.pro \
 		src/proto/blowfish.pro \
 		src/proto/buffer.pro \
+		src/proto/bufwrite.pro \
 		src/proto/change.pro \
 		src/proto/channel.pro \
 		src/proto/charset.pro \
+		src/proto/cindent.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdexpand.pro \
+		src/proto/cmdhist.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt.pro \
 		src/proto/crypt_zip.pro \
 		src/proto/debugger.pro \
 		src/proto/dict.pro \
 		src/proto/diff.pro \
 		src/proto/digraph.pro \
+		src/proto/drawline.pro \
+		src/proto/drawscreen.pro \
 		src/proto/edit.pro \
 		src/proto/eval.pro \
+		src/proto/evalbuffer.pro \
 		src/proto/evalfunc.pro \
+		src/proto/evalvars.pro \
+		src/proto/evalwindow.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_cmds2.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_docmd.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_eval.pro \
 		src/proto/ex_getln.pro \
 		src/proto/fileio.pro \
+		src/proto/filepath.pro \
 		src/proto/findfile.pro \
 		src/proto/fold.pro \
 		src/proto/getchar.pro \
@@ -197,6 +230,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/json.pro \
 		src/proto/list.pro \
 		src/proto/main.pro \
+		src/proto/map.pro \
 		src/proto/mark.pro \
 		src/proto/mbyte.pro \
 		src/proto/memfile.pro \
@@ -205,23 +239,29 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/message.pro \
 		src/proto/misc1.pro \
 		src/proto/misc2.pro \
+		src/proto/mouse.pro \
 		src/proto/move.pro \
 		src/proto/netbeans.pro \
 		src/proto/normal.pro \
 		src/proto/ops.pro \
 		src/proto/option.pro \
-		src/proto/popupmnu.pro \
+		src/proto/optionstr.pro \
+		src/proto/popupmenu.pro \
 		src/proto/popupwin.pro \
 		src/proto/profiler.pro \
 		src/proto/quickfix.pro \
 		src/proto/regexp.pro \
+		src/proto/register.pro \
+		src/proto/scriptfile.pro \
 		src/proto/screen.pro \
 		src/proto/search.pro \
+		src/proto/session.pro \
 		src/proto/sha256.pro \
 		src/proto/sign.pro \
 		src/proto/sound.pro \
 		src/proto/spell.pro \
 		src/proto/spellfile.pro \
+		src/proto/spellsuggest.pro \
 		src/proto/syntax.pro \
 		src/proto/tag.pro \
 		src/proto/term.pro \
@@ -234,6 +274,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/proto/usercmd.pro \
 		src/proto/userfunc.pro \
 		src/proto/version.pro \
+		src/proto/viminfo.pro \
 		src/proto/winclip.pro \
 		src/proto/window.pro \
 		src/libvterm/.bzrignore \
@@ -260,7 +301,7 @@ SRC_ALL =	\
 		src/libvterm/src/parser.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/pen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/rect.h \
-		src/libvterm/src/termscreen.c \
+		src/libvterm/src/screen.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/state.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/unicode.c \
 		src/libvterm/src/utf8.h \
@@ -481,7 +522,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		src/testdir/Make_dos.mak \
 		src/testdir/Make_ming.mak \
 		src/testdir/dos.vim \
-		src/uninstal.c \
+		src/uninstall.c \
 		src/vim.def \
 		src/vim.rc \
 		src/vimio.h \
@@ -496,7 +537,7 @@ SRC_DOS =	\
 		nsis/gvim_version.nsh \
 		nsis/README.txt \
 		nsis/lang/*.nsi \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.cpp \
 		src/VisVim/Commands.h \
 		src/VisVim/DSAddIn.cpp \
@@ -622,6 +663,7 @@ RT_ALL =	\
 		runtime/doc/*.txt \
 		runtime/doc/Makefile \
 		runtime/doc/doctags.c \
+		runtime/doc/doctags.vim \
 		runtime/doc/test_urls.vim \
 		runtime/doc/vim.1 \
 		runtime/doc/evim.1 \
@@ -816,7 +858,7 @@ BIN_AMI =	\
 # files for DOS binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_DOS =	\
 		README_bindos.txt \
-		uninstal.txt \
+		uninstall.txt \
 
 # files for Win32 OLE binary (also in extra archive)
 BIN_OLE =	\

Makefile

@@ -165,7 +165,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #           xxd/xxd.exe to xxdw32.exe
 #           vim.pdb to vimw32.pdb
 #           install.exe to installw32.exe
-#           uninstal.exe to uninstalw32.exe
+#           uninstall.exe to uninstallw32.exe
 # Win32 GUI version build:
 # - > cd src
 #   > nmake -f Make_mvc.mak GUI=yes
@@ -175,7 +175,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # - move "gvim.exe" to here (otherwise the OLE version will overwrite it).
 # - Move gvim.pdb to here.
 # - Copy "GvimExt/gvimext.dll" to here.
-# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete vimrun.exe, install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Win32 GUI version with OLE, PERL, Ruby, TCL, PYTHON and dynamic IME:
 # - Install the interfaces you want, see src/INSTALLpc.txt
 #   Adjust bigvim.bat to match the version of each interface you want.
@@ -188,7 +188,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 #   - check the output.
 # - Rename "gvim.exe" to "gvim_ole.exe".
 # - Rename gvim.pdb to "gvim_ole.pdb".
-# - Delete install.exe and uninstal.exe.
+# - Delete install.exe and uninstall.exe.
 # Create the archives:
 # - Copy all the "*.exe" files to where this Makefile is.
 # - Copy all the "*.pdb" files to where this Makefile is.
@@ -197,7 +197,7 @@ MINOR = 1
 # NSIS self installing exe:
 # - To get NSIS see http://nsis.sourceforge.net
 # - Make sure gvim_ole.exe, vimw32.exe, installw32.exe,
-#   uninstalw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
+#   uninstallw32.exe, teew32.exe and xxdw32.exe have been build as mentioned
 #   above.
 # - copy these files (get them from a binary archive or build them):
 #	gvimext.dll in src/GvimExt
@@ -518,7 +518,7 @@ dosbin_gvim: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_GVIM)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt32/gvimext.dll
 	mkdir dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/GvimExt64
@@ -539,7 +539,7 @@ dosbin_w32: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp teew32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/tee.exe
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cd dist && zip -9 -rD -z vim$(VERSION)w32.zip vim <$(COMMENT_W32)
 	cp vimw32.pdb dist/vim$(VERSION)w32.pdb
 
@@ -557,7 +557,7 @@ dosbin_ole: dist no_title.vim dist/$(COMMENT_OLE)
 	cp xxdw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/xxd.exe
 	cp vimrun.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/vimrun.exe
 	cp installw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/install.exe
-	cp uninstalw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstal.exe
+	cp uninstallw32.exe dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/uninstall.exe
 	cp gvimext.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/gvimext.dll
 	cp README_ole.txt dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)
 	cp src/VisVim/VisVim.dll dist/vim/$(VIMRTDIR)/VisVim.dll

READMEdir/README_os390.txt

@@ -11,8 +11,8 @@ Getting the source to z/OS:
 
 First get the source code in one big tar file and ftp it a binary to z/OS. If
 the tar file is initially compressed with gzip (tar.gz) or bzip2 (tar.bz2)
-uncompress it on your PC, as this tools are (most likely) not available on the
-mainframe.
+uncompress it on your PC, as these tools are (most likely) not available on
+the mainframe.
 
 To reduce the size of the tar file you might compress it into a zip file. On
 z/OS Unix you might have the command "jar" from java to uncompress a zip. Use:
@@ -82,8 +82,8 @@ WARNING: This instruction was not tested with Vim 7.4 or later.
 
 There are two ways for building VIM with X11 support. The first way is simple
 and results in a big executable (~13 Mb), the second needs a few additional
-steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). This examples assume
-you want Motif.
+steps and results in a much smaller executable (~4.5 Mb). These examples
+assume you want Motif.
 
   The easy way:
     $ export CC=cc

nsis/README.txt

@@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ To build the installable .exe:
 	gvim.exe (the OLE version),
 	vimrun.exe,
 	install.exe,
-	uninstal.exe,
+	uninstall.exe,
 	tee/tee.exe,
 	xxd/xxd.exe,
 

nsis/gvim.nsi

@@ -341,13 +341,13 @@ Section "$(str_section_exe)" id_section_exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vim${BIT}.dll
 !endif
 	File /oname=install.exe ${VIMSRC}\installw32.exe
-	File /oname=uninstal.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstalw32.exe
+	File /oname=uninstall.exe ${VIMSRC}\uninstallw32.exe
 	File ${VIMSRC}\vimrun.exe
 	File /oname=tee.exe ${VIMSRC}\teew32.exe
 	File /oname=xxd.exe ${VIMSRC}\xxdw32.exe
 	File ..\vimtutor.bat
 	File ..\README.txt
-	File ..\uninstal.txt
+	File ..\uninstall.txt
 	File ${VIMRT}\*.vim
 	File ${VIMRT}\rgb.txt
 
@@ -955,7 +955,7 @@ Section "un.$(str_unsection_register)" id_unsection_register
 
 	# delete the context menu entry and batch files
 	DetailPrint "$(str_msg_unregistering)"
-	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstal.exe -nsis"
+	nsExec::Exec "$0\uninstall.exe -nsis"
 	Pop $3
 
 	# We may have been put to the background when uninstall did something.

nsis/lang/serbian.nsi

@@ -0,0 +1,280 @@
+# vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 et fdm=marker:
+#
+# serbian.nsi: Serbian language strings for gvim NSIS installer.
+#
+# Locale ID    : 3098
+# fileencoding : UTF-8
+# Author       : Ivan Pešić
+
+!insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "Српски"
+
+
+# Overwrite the default translation.
+# These strings should be always English.  Otherwise dosinst.c fails.
+LangString ^SetupCaption     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Setup"
+LangString ^UninstallCaption ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+        "$(^Name) Uninstall"
+
+##############################################################################
+# MUI Configuration Strings                                               {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_dest_folder          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Destination Folder (Must end with $\"vim$\")"
+
+LangString str_show_readme          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Прикажи ПРОЧИТАЈМЕ када се заврши инсталација"
+
+# Install types:
+LangString str_type_typical         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Типична"
+
+LangString str_type_minimal         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Минимална"
+
+LangString str_type_full            ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Пуна"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Section Titles & Description                                            {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_section_old_ver      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање постојећ(е/их) верзиј(е/а)"
+LangString str_desc_old_ver         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања постојећ(у/е) Vim верзииј(у/е) из вашег система."
+
+LangString str_section_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ и фајлови потребни за извршавање"
+LangString str_desc_exe             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim ГКИ извршни фајлови и фајлови потребни током извршавања. Ова компонента је неопходна."
+
+LangString str_section_console      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim конзолни програм"
+LangString str_desc_console         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Конзолна верзија програма Vim (vim.exe)."
+
+LangString str_section_batch        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај .bat фајлове"
+LangString str_desc_batch           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира у Windows директоријуму .bat фајлове за Vim варијанте \
+     у циљу коришћења из командне линије."
+
+LangString str_group_icons          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај иконе за Vim"
+LangString str_desc_icons           ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за Vim на различитим местима, како би се олакшао приступ."
+
+LangString str_section_desktop      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "На радној површини"
+LangString str_desc_desktop         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира иконе за gVim извршне фајлове на радној површини."
+
+LangString str_section_start_menu   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "У фасцикли Програми унутар Старт менија"
+LangString str_desc_start_menu      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у фолдер Програми Старт менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_quick_launch ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "In the Quick Launch Bar"
+#LangString str_desc_quick_launch    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim shortcut in the quick launch bar."
+
+LangString str_section_edit_with    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додај Vim контекстни мени"
+LangString str_desc_edit_with       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Додаје Vim у $\"Отвори помоћу...$\" листу контекстног менија."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with32  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "32-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with32     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 32-bit applications."
+
+#LangString str_section_edit_with64  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "64-bit Version"
+#LangString str_desc_edit_with64     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Add Vim to the $\"Open With...$\" context menu list \
+#     for 64-bit applications."
+
+LangString str_section_vim_rc       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креирај Подразумевану конфигурацију"
+LangString str_desc_vim_rc          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира подразумевани конфиг фајл (_vimrc) ако неки већ не постоји."
+
+LangString str_group_plugin         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака. Ови директоријуми омогућавају проширење програма Vim \
+     убацивањем фајла у директоријум."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у HOME директоријуму."
+
+LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_plugin_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Креира директоријуме додатака у Vim инсталационом директоријуму, користе их сви \
+     на систему."
+
+LangString str_section_vis_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење"
+LangString str_desc_vis_vim         ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "VisVim проширење за Microsoft Visual Studio интеграцију."
+
+LangString str_section_nls          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Подршка за домаћи језик"
+LangString str_desc_nls             ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталира фајлове за домаћу језичку подршку."
+
+LangString str_unsection_register   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништи регистрацију Vim"
+LangString str_desc_unregister      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништава регистрацију програма Vim на систему."
+
+LangString str_unsection_exe        ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim извршне фајлове/фајлове потребне у време извршавања"
+LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања све Vim извршне фајлове и оне потребне у време извршавања."
+
+LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Укони директоријуме додатака"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака ако су празни."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Приватне"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из HOME директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Дељене"
+LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања директоријуме додатака из Vim инсталациониг директоријума."
+
+LangString str_unsection_rootdir    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклони Vim корени директоријум"
+LangString str_desc_rm_rootdir      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклања Vim корени директоријум. Он садржи ваше Vim конфигурационе фајлове!"
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Messages                                                                {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+#LangString str_msg_too_many_ver  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Found $vim_old_ver_count Vim versions on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     This installer can only handle ${VIM_MAX_OLD_VER} versions \
+#     at most.$\r$\n\
+#     Please remove some versions and start again."
+
+#LangString str_msg_invalid_root  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Invalid install path: $vim_install_root!$\r$\n\
+#     It should end with $\"vim$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_bin_mismatch  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Binary path mismatch!$\r$\n$\r$\n\
+#     Expect the binary path to be $\"$vim_bin_path$\",$\r$\n\
+#     but system indicates the binary path is $\"$INSTDIR$\"."
+
+#LangString str_msg_vim_running   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Vim is still running on your system.$\r$\n\
+#     Please close all instances of Vim before you continue."
+
+#LangString str_msg_register_ole  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to register Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_unreg_ole     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Attempting to unregister Vim with OLE. \
+#     There is no message indicates whether this works or not."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_start      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Uninstalling the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_fail       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to uninstall the following version:"
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_key     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller registry key."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_reg     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot find uninstaller from registry."
+
+#LangString str_msg_no_rm_exe     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Cannot access uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_copy_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to copy uninstaller to temporary directory."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_run_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Fail to run uninstaller."
+
+#LangString str_msg_abort_install ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "Installer will abort."
+
+LangString str_msg_install_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Инсталација није успела. Више среће идући пут."
+
+LangString str_msg_rm_exe_fail   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Неки фајлови у $0 нису обрисани!$\r$\n\
+     Морате то ручно да обавите."
+
+#LangString str_msg_rm_root_fail  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+#    "WARNING: Cannot remove $\"$vim_install_root$\", it is not empty!"
+
+LangString str_msg_uninstalling  ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Уклањање старе верзије..."
+
+LangString str_msg_registering   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Регистровање..."
+
+LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Поништавање регистрације..."
+
+
+##############################################################################
+# Dialog Box                                                              {{{1
+##############################################################################
+
+LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите _vimrc подешавања"
+LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Изаберите подешавања за побољшања, тастатуру и миша."
+
+LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Vi / Vim понашање "
+LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Компатибилност и побољшања"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vi компатибилно"
+LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim оригинално"
+LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са неким побољшањима (учитава defaults.vim)"
+LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Vim са свим побољшањима (учитава vimrc_example.vim) (Подразумевано)"
+
+LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Мапирања "
+LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Ремапира неколико тастера за Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, итд.)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Немој да ремапираш тастере (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Ремапира неколико тастера"
+
+LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    " Миш "
+LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "&Понашање левог и десног тастера"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: визуелни режим (Подразумевано)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: искачући мени, Леви: режим избора (Windows)"
+LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SERBIAN} \
+    "Десни: проширује избор, Леви: визуелни режим (Unix)"

nsis/lang/simpchinese.nsi

@@ -5,7 +5,7 @@
 #
 # Locale ID    : 2052
 # fileencoding : UTF-8
-# Author       : Guopeng Wen
+# Author       : Guopeng Wen, David Liu
 
 !insertmacro MUI_LANGUAGE "SimpChinese"
 
@@ -112,7 +112,7 @@ LangString str_desc_plugin          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_section_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_plugin_home     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Create plugin directories in HOME directory."
+    "在主目录创建私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_section_plugin_vim   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -141,14 +141,14 @@ LangString str_desc_rm_exe          ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "删除 Vim 的所有执行文件及脚本。"
 
 LangString str_ungroup_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove plugin directories"
+    "移除插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories if they are empty."
+    "移除插件目录（如果目录为空）。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_home ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "私有插件目录"
 LangString str_desc_rm_plugin_home  ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remove the plugin directories from HOME directory."
+    "从主目录中移除私有插件目录。"
 
 LangString str_unsection_plugin_vim ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "公共插件目录"
@@ -241,37 +241,37 @@ LangString str_msg_unregistering ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
 LangString str_vimrc_page_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "设置 _vimrc"
 LangString str_vimrc_page_subtitle ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "选择键盘、鼠标和增强选项。"
+    "选择键盘、鼠标和扩展设置。"
 
 LangString str_msg_compat_title    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "Vi / Vim 行为"
 LangString str_msg_compat_desc     ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Compatibility and enhancements"
+    "兼容性与扩展(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vi       ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vi compatible"
+    "原始 Vi"
 LangString str_msg_compat_vim      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim original"
+    "原始 Vim"
 LangString str_msg_compat_defaults ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with some enhancements (load defaults.vim)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和部分扩展 (加载 defaults.vim)"
 LangString str_msg_compat_all      ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Vim with all enhancements (load vimrc_example.vim) (Default)"
+    "Vim 原始版本和所有扩展 (加载 vimrc_example.vim) (缺省)"
 
 LangString str_msg_keymap_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "键盘映射"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Remap a few keys for Windows (Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F, etc)"
+    "为 Windows 映射按键(&R) (例如:Ctrl-V, Ctrl-C, Ctrl-A, Ctrl-S, Ctrl-F 等)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Do not remap keys (Default)"
+    "不映射按键 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_keymap_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Remap a few keys"
+    "映射一些按键"
 
 LangString str_msg_mouse_title   ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
     "鼠标"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_desc    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "&Behavior of right and left buttons"
+    "左键和右键行为(&B)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_default ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: visual mode (Default)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键：可视化模式 (缺省)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_windows ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: popup menu, Left: select mode (Windows)"
+    "右键：弹出菜单, 左键:选择模式 (Windows)"
 LangString str_msg_mouse_unix    ${LANG_SIMPCHINESE} \
-    "Right: extends selection, Left: visual mode (Unix)"
+    "右键： 扩展选择, 左键：可视化模式 (Unix)"

runtime/autoload/haskellcomplete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:        Haskell
 " Maintainer:      Daniel Campoverde <alx@sillybytes.net>
 " URL:             https://github.com/alx741/haskellcomplete.vim
-" Last Change:     2018 Aug 26
+" Last Change:     2019 May 14
 
 " Usage:           setlocal omnifunc=haskellcomplete#Complete
 
@@ -63,6 +63,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, extension)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingLangExtension = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 
@@ -78,6 +79,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, flag)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingOptionsGHC = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 
@@ -93,6 +95,7 @@ function! haskellcomplete#Complete(findstart, base)
                     call add(l:matches, module)
                 endif
             endfor
+            let b:completingModule = 0
             return l:matches
         endif
 

runtime/autoload/htmlcomplete.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim completion script
 " Language:	HTML and XHTML
 " Maintainer:	Mikolaj Machowski ( mikmach AT wp DOT pl )
-" Last Change:	2014 Jun 20
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Distinguish between HTML versions.
 " To use with other HTML versions add another "elseif" condition to match
@@ -245,7 +245,8 @@ function! htmlcomplete#CompleteTags(findstart, base)
 	" If context contains white space it is attribute.
 	" It can be also value of attribute.
 	" We have to get first word to offer proper completions
-	if context == ''
+	if context =~ '^\s*$'
+		" empty or whitespace line
 		let tag = ''
 	else
 		let tag = split(context)[0]

runtime/autoload/netrwSettings.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " netrwSettings.vim: makes netrw settings simpler
-" Date:		Dec 30, 2014
+" Date:		Nov 09, 2016
 " Maintainer:	Charles E Campbell <drchipNOSPAM at campbellfamily dot biz>
-" Version:	15
+" Version:	16
 " Copyright:    Copyright (C) 1999-2007 Charles E. Campbell {{{1
 "               Permission is hereby granted to use and distribute this code,
 "               with or without modifications, provided that this copyright
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 if exists("g:loaded_netrwSettings") || &cp
   finish
 endif
-let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v15"
+let g:loaded_netrwSettings = "v16"
 if v:version < 700
  echohl WarningMsg
  echo "***warning*** this version of netrwSettings needs vim 7.0"
@@ -154,9 +154,13 @@ fun! netrwSettings#NetrwSettings()
   put = 'let g:netrw_list_hide         = '.g:netrw_list_hide
   put = 'let g:netrw_liststyle         = '.g:netrw_liststyle
   put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmd      = '.g:netrw_localcopycmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localcopycmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localcopycmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdir        = '.g:netrw_localmkdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmkdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localmkdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmd      = '.g:netrw_localmovecmd
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localmovecmdopt   = '.g:netrw_localmovecmdopt
   put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdir        = '.g:netrw_localrmdir
+  put = 'let g:netrw_localrmdiropt     = '.g:netrw_localrmdiropt
   put = 'let g:netrw_maxfilenamelen    = '.g:netrw_maxfilenamelen
   put = 'let g:netrw_menu              = '.g:netrw_menu
   put = 'let g:netrw_mousemaps         = '.g:netrw_mousemaps

runtime/autoload/syntaxcomplete.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Language:    All languages, uses existing syntax highlighting rules
 " Maintainer:  David Fishburn <dfishburn dot vim at gmail dot com>
 " Version:     13.0
-" Last Change: 2013 May 14
+" Last Change: 2019 Aug 08
 " Usage:       For detailed help, ":help ft-syntax-omni"
 
 " History
@@ -597,7 +597,7 @@ function! s:SyntaxCSyntaxGroupItems( group_name, syntax_full )
                 " Remove all non-word characters
                 " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\<match /\zs.\{-}\<\W\+\>.\{-}\ze\/ ', "", 'g' )
                 " let syn_list = substitute( syn_list, '\%(\<match \/[^/]\{-}\)\@<=\W\+\ze.\{-}\/ ', ' ', 'g' )
-                " Do this by using the outer substitue() call to gather all
+                " Do this by using the outer substitute() call to gather all
                 " text between the match /.../ tags.
                 " The inner substitute() call operates on the text selected
                 " and replaces all non-word characters.

runtime/autoload/xmlformat.vim

@@ -1,6 +1,6 @@
 " Vim plugin for formatting XML
-" Last Change: Thu, 07 Dec 2018
-"     Version: 0.1
+" Last Change: 2019 Oct 24
+"     Version: 0.2
 "      Author: Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 "  Repository: https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-xml-ftplugin
 "     License: VIM License
@@ -22,44 +22,73 @@ func! xmlformat#Format()
     " do not fall back to internal formatting
     return 0
   endif
+  let count_orig = v:count
   let sw  = shiftwidth()
   let prev = prevnonblank(v:lnum-1)
   let s:indent = indent(prev)/sw
   let result = []
   let lastitem = prev ? getline(prev) : ''
   let is_xml_decl = 0
-  " split on `<`, but don't split on very first opening <
-  for item in split(join(getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + v:count - 1))), '.\@<=[>]\zs')
-    if s:EndTag(item)
-      let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-    elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
-      let s:indent += 1
-      call add(result, s:Indent(item))
-     else
-       if !s:IsTag(item)
-         " Simply split on '<'
-         let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
-         let s:indent+=1
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[0]))
-         let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
-         call add(result, s:Indent(t[1]))
-       else
+  " go through every line, but don't join all content together and join it
+  " back. We might lose empty lines
+  let list = getline(v:lnum, (v:lnum + count_orig - 1))
+  let current = 0
+  for line in list
+    " Keep empty input lines?
+    if empty(line)
+      call add(result, '')
+      continue
+    elseif line !~# '<[/]\?[^>]*>'
+      let nextmatch = match(list, '<[/]\?[^>]*>', current)
+      let line .= join(list[(current + 1):(nextmatch-1)], "\n")
+      call remove(list, current+1, nextmatch-1)
+    endif
+    " split on `>`, but don't split on very first opening <
+    " this means, items can be like ['<tag>', 'tag content</tag>']
+    for item in split(line, '.\@<=[>]\zs')
+      if s:EndTag(item)
+        let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
         call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:EmptyTag(lastitem)
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      elseif s:StartTag(lastitem) && s:IsTag(item)
+        let s:indent += 1
+        call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+      else
+        if !s:IsTag(item)
+          " Simply split on '<', if there is one,
+          " but reformat according to &textwidth
+          let t=split(item, '.<\@=\zs')
+          " t should only contain 2 items, but just be safe here
+          if s:IsTag(lastitem)
+            let s:indent+=1
+          endif
+          let result+=s:FormatContent([t[0]])
+          if s:EndTag(t[1])
+            let s:indent = s:DecreaseIndent()
+          endif
+          "for y in t[1:]
+            let result+=s:FormatContent(t[1:])
+          "endfor
+        else
+          call add(result, s:Indent(item))
+        endif
       endif
-     endif
-     let lastitem = item
-   endfor
+      let lastitem = item
+    endfor
+    let current += 1
+  endfor
 
-   if !empty(result)
-    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + v:count - 1). 'd'
+  if !empty(result)
+    let lastprevline = getline(v:lnum + count_orig)
+    let delete_lastline = v:lnum + count_orig - 1 == line('$')
+    exe v:lnum. ",". (v:lnum + count_orig - 1). 'd'
     call append(v:lnum - 1, result)
     " Might need to remove the last line, if it became empty because of the
     " append() call
     let last = v:lnum + len(result)
-    if getline(last) is ''
+    " do not use empty(), it returns true for `empty(0)`
+    if getline(last) is '' && lastprevline is '' && delete_lastline
       exe last. 'd'
     endif
   endif
@@ -88,6 +117,7 @@ func! s:StartTag(tag)
   let is_comment = s:IsComment(a:tag)
   return a:tag =~? '^\s*<[^/?]' && !is_comment
 endfunc
+" Check if tag is a Comment start {{{1
 func! s:IsComment(tag)
   return a:tag =~? '<!--'
 endfunc
@@ -108,6 +138,43 @@ endfunc
 func! s:EmptyTag(tag)
   return a:tag =~ '/>\s*$'
 endfunc
+" Format input line according to textwidth {{{1
+func! s:FormatContent(list)
+  let result=[]
+  let limit = 80
+  if &textwidth > 0
+    let limit = &textwidth
+  endif
+  let column=0
+  let idx = -1
+  let add_indent = 0
+  let cnt = 0
+  for item in a:list
+    for word in split(item, '\s\+\S\+\zs') 
+      let column += strdisplaywidth(word, column)
+      if match(word, "^\\s*\n\\+\\s*$") > -1
+        call add(result, '')
+        let idx += 1
+        let column = 0
+        let add_indent = 1
+      elseif column > limit || cnt == 0
+        let add = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        call add(result, add)
+        let column = strdisplaywidth(add)
+        let idx += 1
+      else
+        if add_indent
+          let result[idx] = s:Indent(s:Trim(word))
+        else
+          let result[idx] .= ' '. s:Trim(word)
+        endif
+        let add_indent = 0
+      endif
+      let cnt += 1
+    endfor
+  endfor
+  return result
+endfunc
 " Restoration And Modelines: {{{1
 let &cpo= s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/cs.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim compiler file
-" Compiler:	Microsoft Visual Studio C#
-" Maintainer:	Zhou YiChao (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
-" Previous Maintainer:	Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
-" Last Change:	2012 Apr 30
+" Compiler:               Microsoft Visual Studio C#
+" Maintainer:             Yichao Zhou (broken.zhou@gmail.com)
+" Previous Maintainer:    Joseph H. Yao (hyao@sina.com)
+" Last Change:            Jul 22, 2019
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -20,7 +20,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat+=%f(%l\\,%v):\ %t%*[^:]:\ %m,
             \%trror%*[^:]:\ %m,
             \%tarning%*[^:]:\ %m
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=csc\ %:S
 
 let &cpo = s:keepcpo
 unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/compiler/erlang.vim

@@ -1,13 +1,13 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:     Erlang
 " Maintainer:	Dmitry Vasiliev <dima at hlabs dot org>
-" Last Change:	2012-02-13
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
 endif
 let current_compiler = "erlang"
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=erlc\ -Wall\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:\ %m

runtime/compiler/fortran_cv.vim

@@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ CompilerSet errorformat=
 		\%-Z%p%^%.%#,
 		\%-G%.%#,
 " Compiler call
-CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=df\ /nologo\ /noobj\ /c\ %:S
 " Visual fortran defaults to printing output on stderr
 " Adjust option shellpipe accordingly
 

runtime/compiler/jikes.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	Jikes
 " Maintainer:	Dan Sharp <dwsharp at hotmail dot com>
-" Last Change:	20 Jan 2009
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 " URL:		http://dwsharp.users.sourceforge.net/vim/compiler
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -14,5 +14,5 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
 endif
 
 " Jikes defaults to printing output on stderr
-CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%\"
+CompilerSet makeprg=jikes\ -Xstdout\ +E\ \"%:S\"
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l:%v:%*\\d:%*\\d:%*\\s%m

runtime/compiler/onsgmls.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim compiler file
 " Compiler:	onsgmls
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ endif
 let s:cpo_save = &cpo
 set cpo-=C
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=onsgmls\ -s\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%t:%m,
 		    \onsgmls:%f:%l:%c:%m

runtime/compiler/perl.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:     Perl syntax checks (perl -Wc)
 " Maintainer:   Christian J. Robinson <heptite@gmail.com>
-" Last Change:  2006 Aug 13
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 22
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ else
 	let s:taintopt = ''
 endif
 
-exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %'
+exe 'CompilerSet makeprg=perl\ -' . s:warnopt . s:taintopt . 'c\ %:S'
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=
 	\%-G%.%#had\ compilation\ errors.,

runtime/compiler/rustc.vim

@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ endif
 if exists("g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent") && g:rustc_makeprg_no_percent != 0
 	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc
 else
-	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%
+	CompilerSet makeprg=rustc\ \%:S
 endif
 
 " Old errorformat (before nightly 2016/08/10)

runtime/compiler/splint.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Compiler:     splint/lclint (C source code checker)
 " Maintainer:   Ralf Wildenhues <Ralf.Wildenhues@gmx.de>
 " Splint Home:	http://www.splint.org/
-" Last Change:  2005 Apr 21
+" Last Change:  2019 Jul 23
 " $Revision: 1.3 $
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@ set cpo-=C
 
 " adapt this if you want to check more than one file at a time.
 " put command line options in .splintrc or ~/.splintrc
-CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=splint\ %:S
 
 " Note: when using the new array bounds checking flags:  Each warning
 " usually has several lines and several references to source code mostly

runtime/compiler/xmlwf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim Compiler File
 " Compiler:	xmlwf
 " Maintainer:	Robert Rowsome <rowsome@wam.umd.edu>
-" Last Change:	2004 Mar 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Jul 23
 
 if exists("current_compiler")
   finish
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ if exists(":CompilerSet") != 2		" older Vim always used :setlocal
   command -nargs=* CompilerSet setlocal <args>
 endif
 
-CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %
+CompilerSet makeprg=xmlwf\ %:S
 
 CompilerSet errorformat=%f:%l%c:%m
 

runtime/defaults.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " The default vimrc file.
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last change:	2019 Feb 18
+" Last change:	2019 Oct 27
 "
 " This is loaded if no vimrc file was found.
 " Except when Vim is run with "-u NONE" or "-C".
@@ -75,8 +75,14 @@ inoremap <C-U> <C-G>u<C-U>
 
 " In many terminal emulators the mouse works just fine.  By enabling it you
 " can position the cursor, Visually select and scroll with the mouse.
+" Only xterm can grab the mouse events when using the shift key, for other
+" terminals use ":", select text and press Esc.
 if has('mouse')
-  set mouse=a
+  if &term =~ 'xterm'
+    set mouse=a
+  else
+    set mouse=nvi
+  endif
 endif
 
 " Switch syntax highlighting on when the terminal has colors or when using the

runtime/delmenu.vim

@@ -2,7 +2,7 @@
 " Warning: This also deletes all menus defined by the user!
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2001 May 27
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 11
 
 aunmenu *
 tlunmenu *
@@ -21,6 +21,11 @@ silent! unlet menutrans_path_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_tags_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_textwidth_dialog
 silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_dialog
+silent! unlet menutrans_fileformat_choices
 silent! unlet menutrans_no_file
+silent! unlet menutrans_set_lang_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_change_ARG_to
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_add_ARG_to_word_list
+silent! unlet menutrans_spell_ignore_ARG
 
 " vim: set sw=2 :

runtime/doc/Makefile

@@ -103,6 +103,7 @@ DOCS = \
 	tagsrch.txt \
 	term.txt \
 	terminal.txt \
+	testing.txt \
 	textprop.txt \
 	tips.txt \
 	todo.txt \
@@ -241,6 +242,7 @@ HTMLS = \
 	tagsrch.html \
 	term.html \
 	terminal.html \
+	testing.html \
 	textprop.html \
 	tips.html \
 	todo.html \
@@ -321,7 +323,10 @@ all: tags vim.man evim.man vimdiff.man vimtutor.man xxd.man $(CONVERTED)
 # Use Vim to generate the tags file.  Can only be used when Vim has been
 # compiled and installed.  Supports multiple languages.
 vimtags: $(DOCS)
-	$(VIMEXE) -u NONE -esX -c "helptags ++t ." -c quit
+	@if command -v $(VIMEXE); then \
+	    $(VIMEXE) --clean -eX -u doctags.vim >/dev/null && \
+	      echo "help tags updated"; \
+	  else echo "vim executable $(VIMEXE) not found; help tags not updated"; fi
 
 # Use "doctags" to generate the tags file.  Only works for English!
 tags: doctags $(DOCS)

runtime/doc/autocmd.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
+*autocmd.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -268,7 +268,6 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |BufCreate|		just after adding a buffer to the buffer list
 |BufDelete|		before deleting a buffer from the buffer list
 |BufWipeout|		before completely deleting a buffer
-|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
 
 |BufFilePre|		before changing the name of the current buffer
 |BufFilePost|		after changing the name of the current buffer
@@ -302,6 +301,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 |VimLeavePre|		before exiting Vim, before writing the viminfo file
 |VimLeave|		before exiting Vim, after writing the viminfo file
 
+	Terminal
+|TerminalOpen|		after a terminal buffer was created
+|TerminalWinOpen|	after a terminal buffer was created in a new window
+
 	Various
 |FileChangedShell|	Vim notices that a file changed since editing started
 |FileChangedShellPost|	After handling a file changed since editing started
@@ -355,6 +358,10 @@ Name			triggered by ~
 			when popup menu visible
 |TextYankPost|		after text has been yanked or deleted
 
+|SafeState|		nothing pending, going to wait for the user to type a
+			character
+|SafeStateAgain|	repeated SafeState
+
 |ColorSchemePre|	before loading a color scheme
 |ColorScheme|		after loading a color scheme
 
@@ -554,16 +561,14 @@ CmdlineLeave			Before leaving the command line.
 							*CmdwinEnter*
 CmdwinEnter			After entering the command-line window.
 				Useful for setting options specifically for
-				this special type of window.  This is
-				triggered _instead_ of BufEnter and WinEnter.
+				this special type of window.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
 							*CmdwinLeave*
 CmdwinLeave			Before leaving the command-line window.
 				Useful to clean up any global setting done
-				with CmdwinEnter.  This is triggered _instead_
-				of BufLeave and WinLeave.
+				with CmdwinEnter.
 				<afile> is set to a single character,
 				indicating the type of command-line.
 				|cmdwin-char|
@@ -579,7 +584,7 @@ ColorScheme			After loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 ColorSchemePre			Before loading a color scheme. |:colorscheme|
 				Useful to setup removing things added by a
 				color scheme, before another one is loaded.
-CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
+CompleteChanged						*CompleteChanged*
 				After each time the Insert mode completion
 				menu changed.  Not fired on popup menu hide,
 				use |CompleteDone| for that.  Never triggered
@@ -595,6 +600,10 @@ CompleteChanged 					*CompleteChanged*
 				    scrollbar		TRUE if visible
 
 				It is not allowed to change the text |textlock|.
+
+				The size and position of the popup are also
+				available by calling |pum_getpos()|.
+
 							*CompleteDone*
 CompleteDone			After Insert mode completion is done.  Either
 				when something was completed or abandoning
@@ -953,6 +962,32 @@ RemoteReply			When a reply from a Vim that functions as
 				Note that even if an autocommand is defined,
 				the reply should be read with |remote_read()|
 				to consume it.
+							*SafeState*
+SafeState			When nothing is pending, going to wait for the
+				user to type a character.
+				This will not be triggered when:
+				- an operator is pending
+				- a register was entered with "r
+				- halfway executing a command
+				- executing a mapping
+				- there is typeahead
+				- Insert mode completion is active
+				- Command line completion is active
+				You can use `mode()` to find out what state
+				Vim is in.  That may be:
+				- VIsual mode
+				- Normal mode
+				- Insert mode
+				- Command-line mode
+				Depending on what you want to do, you may also
+				check more with `state()`, e.g. whether the
+				screen was scrolled for messages.
+							*SafeStateAgain*
+SafeStateAgain			Like SafeState but after processing any
+				messages and invoking callbacks. This may be
+				triggered often, don't do something that takes
+				time.
+
 							*SessionLoadPost*
 SessionLoadPost			After loading the session file created using
 				the |:mksession| command.
@@ -1049,6 +1084,12 @@ TerminalOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
 				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
 				triggered even if the buffer is created
 				without a window, with the ++hidden option.
+							*TerminalWinOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen			Just after a terminal buffer was created, with
+				`:terminal` or |term_start()|. This event is
+				triggered only if the buffer is created
+				with a window.  Can be used to set window
+				local options for the terminal window.
 							*TermResponse*
 TermResponse			After the response to |t_RV| is received from
 				the terminal.  The value of |v:termresponse|
@@ -1085,8 +1126,8 @@ TextYankPost			After text has been yanked or deleted in the
 				current buffer.  The following values of
 				|v:event| can be used to determine the operation
 				that triggered this autocmd:
-				   operator    	The operation performed.
-				   regcontents 	Text that was stored in the
+				   operator	The operation performed.
+				   regcontents	Text that was stored in the
 						register, as a list of lines,
 						like with: >
 						getreg(r, 1, 1)
@@ -1122,7 +1163,7 @@ VimEnter			After doing all the startup stuff, including
 				   if v:vim_did_enter
 				     call s:init()
 				   else
- 	  			     au VimEnter * call s:init()
+				     au VimEnter * call s:init()
 				   endif
 <							*VimLeave*
 VimLeave			Before exiting Vim, just after writing the

runtime/doc/change.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*change.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 28
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -691,10 +691,8 @@ The flags that you can use for the substitute commands:
 	    <Esc>   to quit substituting
 	    'a'	    to substitute this and all remaining matches
 	    'q'	    to quit substituting
-	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
-	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down {not available when compiled
-		       without the |+insert_expand| feature}
+	    CTRL-E  to scroll the screen up
+	    CTRL-Y  to scroll the screen down
 	If the 'edcompatible' option is on, Vim remembers the [c] flag and
 	toggles it each time you use it, but resets it when you give a new
 	search pattern.
@@ -1001,9 +999,13 @@ inside of strings can change!  Also see 'softtabstop' option. >
 			delete and yank) ({.%#:} only work with put).
 
 							*:reg* *:registers*
-:reg[isters]		Display the contents of all numbered and named
-			registers.  If a register is written to for |:redir|
-			it will not be listed.
+:reg[isters]		Display the type and contents of all numbered and
+			named registers.  If a register is written to for
+			|:redir| it will not be listed.
+			Type can be one of:
+			"c"	for |characterwise| text
+			"l"	for |linewise| text
+			"b"	for |blockwise-visual| text
 
 
 :reg[isters] {arg}	Display the contents of the numbered and named
@@ -1174,7 +1176,7 @@ Rationale:	In Vi the "y" command followed by a backwards motion would
 With a linewise yank command the cursor is put in the first line, but the
 column is unmodified, thus it may not be on the first yanked character.
 
-There are ten types of registers:			*registers* *E354*
+There are ten types of registers:		*registers* *{register}* *E354*
 1. The unnamed register ""
 2. 10 numbered registers "0 to "9
 3. The small delete register "-
@@ -1314,7 +1316,7 @@ When writing to this register, nothing happens.  This can be used to delete
 text without affecting the normal registers.  When reading from this register,
 nothing is returned.
 
-10. Last search pattern register	"/			*quote_/* *quote/*
+10. Last search pattern register	"/		*quote_/* *quote/*
 Contains the most recent search-pattern.  This is used for "n" and 'hlsearch'.
 It is writable with `:let`, you can change it to have 'hlsearch' highlight
 other matches without actually searching.  You can't yank or delete into this
@@ -1620,8 +1622,6 @@ By default, "b:#" is included.  This means that a line that starts with
 "#include" is not recognized as a comment line.  But a line that starts with
 "# define" is recognized.  This is a compromise.
 
-{not available when compiled without the |+comments| feature}
-
 							*fo-table*
 You can use the 'formatoptions' option  to influence how Vim formats text.
 'formatoptions' is a string that can contain any of the letters below.  The

runtime/doc/channel.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 12
+*channel.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 11
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -18,11 +18,13 @@ The Netbeans interface also uses a channel. |netbeans|
 5. Channel commands			|channel-commands|
 6. Using a RAW or NL channel		|channel-raw|
 7. More channel functions		|channel-more|
-8. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
-9. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
-10. Job options				|job-options|
-11. Controlling a job			|job-control|
-12. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
+8. Channel functions details		|channel-functions-details|
+9. Starting a job with a channel	|job-start|
+10. Starting a job without a channel	|job-start-nochannel|
+11. Job functions			|job-functions-details|
+12. Job options				|job-options|
+13. Controlling a job			|job-control|
+14. Using a prompt buffer		|prompt-buffer|
 
 {only when compiled with the |+channel| feature for channel stuff}
 	You can check this with: `has('channel')`
@@ -460,7 +462,263 @@ For a JS or JSON channel this returns one decoded message.
 This includes any sequence number.
 
 ==============================================================================
-8. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
+8. Channel functions details			*channel-functions-details*
+
+ch_canread({handle})						*ch_canread()*
+		Return non-zero when there is something to read from {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		This is useful to read from a channel at a convenient time,
+		e.g. from a timer.
+
+		Note that messages are dropped when the channel does not have
+		a callback.  Add a close callback to avoid that.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_canread()
+
+ch_close({handle})						*ch_close()*
+		Close {handle}.  See |channel-close|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close()
+
+ch_close_in({handle})						*ch_close_in()*
+		Close the "in" part of {handle}.  See |channel-close-in|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		A close callback is not invoked.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_close_in()
+
+
+ch_evalexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_evalexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.  See |channel-use|.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+								*E917*
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It must not have a "callback"
+		entry.  It can have a "timeout" entry to specify the timeout
+		for this specific request.
+
+		ch_evalexpr() waits for a response and returns the decoded
+		expression.  When there is an error or timeout it returns an
+		empty string.
+
+		Note that while waiting for the response, Vim handles other
+		messages.  You need to make sure this doesn't cause trouble.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_evalraw({handle}, {string} [, {options}])		*ch_evalraw()*
+		Send {string} over {handle}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Works like |ch_evalexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		Note that Vim does not know when the text received on a raw
+		channel is complete, it may only return the first part and you
+		need to use |ch_readraw()| to fetch the rest.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_evalraw(rawstring)
+
+ch_getbufnr({handle}, {what})				 *ch_getbufnr()*
+		Get the buffer number that {handle} is using for {what}.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		{what} can be "err" for stderr, "out" for stdout or empty for
+		socket output.
+		Returns -1 when there is no buffer.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getbufnr(what)
+
+ch_getjob({channel})						*ch_getjob()*
+		Get the Job associated with {channel}.
+		If there is no job calling |job_status()| on the returned Job
+		will result in "fail".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_getjob()
+
+
+ch_info({handle})						*ch_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {handle}.  The
+		items are:
+		   "id"		  number of the channel
+		   "status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed", like
+				  ch_status()
+		When opened with ch_open():
+		   "hostname"	  the hostname of the address
+		   "port"	  the port of the address
+		   "sock_status"  "open" or "closed"
+		   "sock_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "sock_io"	  "socket"
+		   "sock_timeout" timeout in msec
+		When opened with job_start():
+		   "out_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "out_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "out_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "out_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "err_status"	  "open", "buffered" or "closed"
+		   "err_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "err_io"	  "out", "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "err_timeout"  timeout in msec
+		   "in_status"	  "open" or "closed"
+		   "in_mode"	  "NL", "RAW", "JSON" or "JS"
+		   "in_io"	  "null", "pipe", "file" or "buffer"
+		   "in_timeout"	  timeout in msec
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_info()
+
+
+ch_log({msg} [, {handle}])					*ch_log()*
+		Write {msg} in the channel log file, if it was opened with
+		|ch_logfile()|.
+		When {handle} is passed the channel number is used for the
+		message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.  The
+		Channel must be open for the channel number to be used.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'did something'->ch_log()
+
+
+ch_logfile({fname} [, {mode}])					*ch_logfile()*
+		Start logging channel activity to {fname}.
+		When {fname} is an empty string: stop logging.
+
+		When {mode} is omitted or "a" append to the file.
+		When {mode} is "w" start with an empty file.
+
+		Use |ch_log()| to write log messages.  The file is flushed
+		after every message, on Unix you can use "tail -f" to see what
+		is going on in real time.
+
+		This function is not available in the |sandbox|.
+		NOTE: the channel communication is stored in the file, be
+		aware that this may contain confidential and privacy sensitive
+		information, e.g. a password you type in a terminal window.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			'logfile'->ch_logfile('w')
+
+
+ch_open({address} [, {options}])				*ch_open()*
+		Open a channel to {address}.  See |channel|.
+		Returns a Channel.  Use |ch_status()| to check for failure.
+
+		{address} has the form "hostname:port", e.g.,
+		"localhost:8765".
+
+		If {options} is given it must be a |Dictionary|.
+		See |channel-open-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAddress()->ch_open()
+
+
+ch_read({handle} [, {options}])					*ch_read()*
+		Read from {handle} and return the received message.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		For a NL channel this waits for a NL to arrive, except when
+		there is nothing more to read (channel was closed).
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_read()
+
+
+ch_readblob({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readblob()*
+		Like ch_read() but reads binary data and returns a |Blob|.
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readblob()
+
+
+ch_readraw({handle} [, {options}])			*ch_readraw()*
+		Like ch_read() but for a JS and JSON channel does not decode
+		the message.  For a NL channel it does not block waiting for
+		the NL to arrive, but otherwise works like ch_read().
+		See |channel-more|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_readraw()
+
+
+ch_sendexpr({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])			*ch_sendexpr()*
+		Send {expr} over {handle}.  The {expr} is encoded
+		according to the type of channel.  The function cannot be used
+		with a raw channel.
+		See |channel-use|.				*E912*
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendexpr(expr)
+
+
+ch_sendraw({handle}, {expr} [, {options}])		*ch_sendraw()*
+		Send |String| or |Blob| {expr} over {handle}.
+		Works like |ch_sendexpr()|, but does not encode the request or
+		decode the response.  The caller is responsible for the
+		correct contents.  Also does not add a newline for a channel
+		in NL mode, the caller must do that.  The NL in the response
+		is removed.
+		See |channel-use|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_sendraw(rawexpr)
+
+
+ch_setoptions({handle}, {options})			*ch_setoptions()*
+		Set options on {handle}:
+			"callback"	the channel callback
+			"timeout"	default read timeout in msec
+			"mode"		mode for the whole channel
+		See |ch_open()| for more explanation.
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+
+		Note that changing the mode may cause queued messages to be
+		lost.
+
+		These options cannot be changed:
+			"waittime"	only applies to |ch_open()|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_setoptions(options)
+
+
+ch_status({handle} [, {options}])				*ch_status()*
+		Return the status of {handle}:
+			"fail"		failed to open the channel
+			"open"		channel can be used
+			"buffered"	channel can be read, not written to
+			"closed"	channel can not be used
+		{handle} can be a Channel or a Job that has a Channel.
+		"buffered" is used when the channel was closed but there is
+		still data that can be obtained with |ch_read()|.
+
+		If {options} is given it can contain a "part" entry to specify
+		the part of the channel to return the status for: "out" or
+		"err".  For example, to get the error status: >
+			ch_status(job, {"part": "err"})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChannel()->ch_status()
+
+==============================================================================
+9. Starting a job with a channel			*job-start* *job*
 
 To start a job and open a channel for stdin/stdout/stderr: >
     let job = job_start(command, {options})
@@ -552,7 +810,7 @@ add a close callback and read the output there: >
 You will want to do something more useful than "echomsg".
 
 ==============================================================================
-9. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
+10. Starting a job without a channel			*job-start-nochannel*
 
 To start another process without creating a channel: >
     let job = job_start(command,
@@ -579,7 +837,181 @@ Note that the waittime for ch_open() gives the job one second to make the port
 available.
 
 ==============================================================================
-10. Job options						*job-options*
+11. Job functions					*job-functions-details*
+
+job_getchannel({job})					 *job_getchannel()*
+		Get the channel handle that {job} is using.
+		To check if the job has no channel: >
+			if string(job_getchannel()) == 'channel fail'
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_getchannel()
+
+job_info([{job}])					*job_info()*
+		Returns a Dictionary with information about {job}:
+		   "status"	what |job_status()| returns
+		   "channel"	what |job_getchannel()| returns
+		   "cmd"	List of command arguments used to start the job
+		   "process"	process ID
+		   "tty_in"	terminal input name, empty when none
+		   "tty_out"	terminal output name, empty when none
+		   "exitval"	only valid when "status" is "dead"
+		   "exit_cb"	function to be called on exit
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+
+		   Only in Unix:
+		   "termsig"	the signal which terminated the process
+				(See |job_stop()| for the values)
+				only valid when "status" is "dead"
+
+		   Only in MS-Windows:
+		   "tty_type"	Type of virtual console in use.
+				Values are "winpty" or "conpty".
+				See 'termwintype'.
+
+		Without any arguments, returns a List with all Job objects.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_info()
+
+
+job_setoptions({job}, {options})			*job_setoptions()*
+		Change options for {job}.  Supported are:
+		   "stoponexit"	|job-stoponexit|
+		   "exit_cb"	|job-exit_cb|
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_setoptions(options)
+
+
+job_start({command} [, {options}])			*job_start()*
+		Start a job and return a Job object.  Unlike |system()| and
+		|:!cmd| this does not wait for the job to finish.
+		To start a job in a terminal window see |term_start()|.
+
+		If the job fails to start then |job_status()| on the returned
+		Job object results in "fail" and none of the callbacks will be
+		invoked.
+
+		{command} can be a String.  This works best on MS-Windows.  On
+		Unix it is split up in white-separated parts to be passed to
+		execvp().  Arguments in double quotes can contain white space.
+
+		{command} can be a List, where the first item is the executable
+		and further items are the arguments.  All items are converted
+		to String.  This works best on Unix.
+
+		On MS-Windows, job_start() makes a GUI application hidden. If
+		want to show it, Use |:!start| instead.
+
+		The command is executed directly, not through a shell, the
+		'shell' option is not used.  To use the shell: >
+	let job = job_start(["/bin/sh", "-c", "echo hello"])
+<		Or: >
+	let job = job_start('/bin/sh -c "echo hello"')
+<		Note that this will start two processes, the shell and the
+		command it executes.  If you don't want this use the "exec"
+		shell command.
+
+		On Unix $PATH is used to search for the executable only when
+		the command does not contain a slash.
+
+		The job will use the same terminal as Vim.  If it reads from
+		stdin the job and Vim will be fighting over input, that
+		doesn't work.  Redirect stdin and stdout to avoid problems: >
+	let job = job_start(['sh', '-c', "myserver </dev/null >/dev/null"])
+<
+		The returned Job object can be used to get the status with
+		|job_status()| and stop the job with |job_stop()|.
+
+		Note that the job object will be deleted if there are no
+		references to it.  This closes the stdin and stderr, which may
+		cause the job to fail with an error.  To avoid this keep a
+		reference to the job.  Thus instead of: >
+	call job_start('my-command')
+<		use: >
+	let myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<		and unlet "myjob" once the job is not needed or is past the
+		point where it would fail (e.g. when it prints a message on
+		startup).  Keep in mind that variables local to a function
+		will cease to exist if the function returns.  Use a
+		script-local variable if needed: >
+	let s:myjob = job_start('my-command')
+<
+		{options} must be a Dictionary.  It can contain many optional
+		items, see |job-options|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			BuildCommand()->job_start()
+
+
+job_status({job})					*job_status()* *E916*
+		Returns a String with the status of {job}:
+			"run"	job is running
+			"fail"	job failed to start
+			"dead"	job died or was stopped after running
+
+		On Unix a non-existing command results in "dead" instead of
+		"fail", because a fork happens before the failure can be
+		detected.
+
+		If an exit callback was set with the "exit_cb" option and the
+		job is now detected to be "dead" the callback will be invoked.
+
+		For more information see |job_info()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_status()
+
+
+job_stop({job} [, {how}])					*job_stop()*
+		Stop the {job}.  This can also be used to signal the job.
+
+		When {how} is omitted or is "term" the job will be terminated.
+		For Unix SIGTERM is sent.  On MS-Windows the job will be
+		terminated forcedly (there is no "gentle" way).
+		This goes to the process group, thus children may also be
+		affected.
+
+		Effect for Unix:
+			"term"	 SIGTERM (default)
+			"hup"	 SIGHUP
+			"quit"	 SIGQUIT
+			"int"	 SIGINT
+			"kill"	 SIGKILL (strongest way to stop)
+			number	 signal with that number
+
+		Effect for MS-Windows:
+			"term"	 terminate process forcedly (default)
+			"hup"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"quit"	 CTRL_BREAK
+			"int"	 CTRL_C
+			"kill"	 terminate process forcedly
+			Others	 CTRL_BREAK
+
+		On Unix the signal is sent to the process group.  This means
+		that when the job is "sh -c command" it affects both the shell
+		and the command.
+
+		The result is a Number: 1 if the operation could be executed,
+		0 if "how" is not supported on the system.
+		Note that even when the operation was executed, whether the
+		job was actually stopped needs to be checked with
+		|job_status()|.
+
+		If the status of the job is "dead", the signal will not be
+		sent.  This is to avoid to stop the wrong job (esp. on Unix,
+		where process numbers are recycled).
+
+		When using "kill" Vim will assume the job will die and close
+		the channel.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetJob()->job_stop()
+
+
+==============================================================================
+12. Job options						*job-options*
 
 The {options} argument in job_start() is a dictionary.  All entries are
 optional.  Some options can be used after the job has started, using
@@ -773,7 +1205,7 @@ accessible for others).  Use |setfperm()| to change this.
 If the file already exists it is truncated.
 
 ==============================================================================
-11. Controlling a job					*job-control*
+13. Controlling a job					*job-control*
 
 To get the status of a job: >
 	echo job_status(job)
@@ -789,7 +1221,7 @@ signals.  E.g. to force a job to stop, "kill it": >
 For more options see |job_stop()|.
 
 ==============================================================================
-12. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*
+14. Using a prompt buffer				*prompt-buffer*
 
 If you want to type input for the job in a Vim window you have a few options:
 - Use a normal buffer and handle all possible commands yourself.

runtime/doc/cmdline.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*cmdline.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -129,7 +129,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} {char2}					*c_CTRL-K*
 		enter digraph (see |digraphs|).  When {char1} is a special
 		key, the code for that key is inserted in <> form.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=.}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
+CTRL-R {register}					*c_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>*
 		Insert the contents of a numbered or named register.  Between
 		typing CTRL-R and the second character '"' will be displayed
 		to indicate that you are expected to enter the name of a
@@ -191,8 +191,8 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-L				*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-L* *c_<C-R>_<C-L>*
 
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-R* *c_<C-R>_<C-R>*
 					*c_CTRL-R_CTRL-O* *c_<C-R>_<C-O>*
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#:-=. CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register CTRL-F CTRL-P CTRL-W CTRL-A CTRL-L}
 		Insert register or object under the cursor.  Works like
 		|c_CTRL-R| but inserts the text literally.  For example, if
 		register a contains "xy^Hz" (where ^H is a backspace),
@@ -380,10 +380,8 @@ word before the cursor.  This is available for:
 - Mappings: Only after a ":map" or similar command.
 - Variable and function names: Only after a ":if", ":call" or similar command.
 
-When Vim was compiled without the |+cmdline_compl| feature only file names,
-directories and help items can be completed.  The number of help item matches
-is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long delay when there are very many
-matches.
+The number of help item matches is limited (currently to 300) to avoid a long
+delay when there are very many matches.
 
 These are the commands that can be used:
 
@@ -702,7 +700,7 @@ commands ":write" and ":global" have the whole file (1,$) as default.
 If more line specifiers are given than required for the command, the first
 one(s) will be ignored.
 
-Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *E14* *{address}*
+Line numbers may be specified with:		*:range* *{address}*
 	{number}	an absolute line number
 	.		the current line			  *:.*
 	$		the last line in the file		  *:$*
@@ -911,8 +909,7 @@ Note: these are typed literally, they are not special keys!
      *%:8* *%:p* *%:.* *%:~* *%:h* *%:t* *%:r* *%:e* *%:s* *%:gs* *%:S*
 The file name modifiers can be used after "%", "#", "#n", "<cfile>", "<sfile>",
 "<afile>" or "<abuf>".  They are also used with the |fnamemodify()| function.
-These are not available when Vim has been compiled without the |+modify_fname|
-feature.
+
 These modifiers can be given, in this order:
 	:p	Make file name a full path.  Must be the first modifier.  Also
 		changes "~/" (and "~user/" for Unix and VMS) to the path for
@@ -1064,8 +1061,7 @@ Also see |`=|.
 In the command-line window the command line can be edited just like editing
 text in any window.  It is a special kind of window, because you cannot leave
 it in a normal way.
-{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| or |+vertsplit|
-feature}
+{not available when compiled without the |+cmdline_hist| feature}
 
 
 OPEN						*c_CTRL-F* *q:* *q/* *q?*
@@ -1140,7 +1136,6 @@ VARIOUS
 The command-line window cannot be used:
 - when there already is a command-line window (no nesting)
 - for entering an encryption key or when using inputsecret()
-- when Vim was not compiled with the |+vertsplit| feature
 
 Some options are set when the command-line window is opened:
 'filetype'	"vim", when editing an Ex command-line; this starts Vim syntax
@@ -1176,11 +1171,9 @@ edited as described in |cmdwin-char|.
 
 AUTOCOMMANDS
 
-Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  Since this
-window is of a special type, the WinEnter, WinLeave, BufEnter and BufLeave
-events are not triggered.  You can use the Cmdwin events to do settings
-specifically for the command-line window.  Be careful not to cause side
-effects!
+Two autocommand events are used: |CmdwinEnter| and |CmdwinLeave|.  You can use
+the Cmdwin events to do settings specifically for the command-line window.
+Be careful not to cause side effects!
 Example: >
 	:au CmdwinEnter :  let b:cpt_save = &cpt | set cpt=.
 	:au CmdwinLeave :  let &cpt = b:cpt_save

runtime/doc/develop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 17
+*develop.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 05
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -529,7 +529,7 @@ the best method is.  Alternatives:
    memory use, but takes a long time.  On a fast PC it takes a couple of
    seconds for English, which can be acceptable for interactive use.  But for
    some languages it takes more than ten seconds (e.g., German, Catalan),
-   which is unacceptable slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
+   which is unacceptably slow.  For batch processing (automatic corrections)
    it's too slow for all languages.
 2. Use a trie for the soundfolded words, so that searching can be done just
    like how it works without soundfolding.  This requires remembering a list

runtime/doc/diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*diff.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -335,7 +335,7 @@ After setting this variable, reload the syntax script: >
 FINDING THE DIFFERENCES					*diff-diffexpr*
 
 The 'diffexpr' option can be set to use something else than the standard
-"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences.
+"diff" program to compare two files and find the differences. *E959*
 
 When 'diffexpr' is empty, Vim uses this command to find the differences
 between file1 and file2: >

runtime/doc/doctags.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+" This script makes a tags file for help text.
+"
+" Usage: vim -eX -u doctags.vim
+
+helptags ++t .
+qa!

runtime/doc/editing.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*editing.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -100,7 +100,7 @@ g CTRL-G		Prints the current position of the cursor in five
 :buffers
 :files
 :ls			List all the currently known file names.  See
-			'windows.txt' |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
+			|windows.txt| |:files| |:buffers| |:ls|.
 
 Vim will remember the full path name of a file name that you enter.  In most
 cases when the file name is displayed only the name you typed is shown, but
@@ -1233,7 +1233,7 @@ The syntax is best shown via some examples: >
 <		Open the browser in the C:/bar directory, with the current
 		buffer filename as default, and save the buffer under the
 		filename chosen.
-Also see the |'browsedir'| option.
+Also see the 'browsedir' option.
 For versions of Vim where browsing is not supported, the command is executed
 unmodified.
 
@@ -1554,7 +1554,7 @@ focus.
 If you want to automatically reload a file when it has been changed outside of
 Vim, set the 'autoread' option.  This doesn't work at the moment you write the
 file though, only when the file wasn't changed inside of Vim.
-
+							*ignore-timestamp*
 If you do not want to be asked or automatically reload the file, you can use
 this: >
 	set buftype=nofile

runtime/doc/filetype.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*filetype.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -595,6 +595,10 @@ If you do not like the default folding, use an autocommand to add your desired
 folding style instead.  For example: >
         autocmd FileType man setlocal foldmethod=indent foldenable
 
+If you would like :Man {number} {name} to behave like man {number} {name} by
+not running man {name} if no page is found, then use this: >
+	let g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback = 1
+
 You may also want to set 'keywordprg' to make the |K| command open a manual
 page in a Vim window: >
 	set keywordprg=:Man
@@ -642,6 +646,16 @@ To disable this behavior, set the following variable in your vimrc: >
 	let g:python_recommended_style = 0
 
 
+QF QUICKFIX					    *qf.vim* *ft-qf-plugin*
+
+The "qf" filetype is used for the quickfix window, see |quickfix-window|.
+
+The quickfix filetype plugin includes configuration for displaying the command
+that produced the quickfix list in the |status-line|. To disable this setting,
+configure as follows: >
+	:let g:qf_disable_statusline = 1
+
+
 R MARKDOWN						*ft-rmd-plugin*
 
 By default ftplugin/html.vim is not sourced. If you want it sourced, add to

runtime/doc/gui.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 20
+*gui.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -1013,7 +1013,7 @@ it behaves in a strange way.
 				have at least one subentry, but need not
 				appear on the menu-bar (see |hidden-menus|).
 				{only available for Win32 and GTK GUI or in
-				the terminal when compiled with +insert_expand}
+				the terminal}
 
 :popu[p]! {name}		Like above, but use the position of the mouse
 				pointer instead of the cursor.

runtime/doc/gui_w32.txt

@@ -171,14 +171,14 @@ you can.
 		path			    {path}\gvim.exe
    HKEY_LOCAL_MACHINE\Software\Microsoft\Windows\CurrentVersion\Uninstall\vim 5.6
 		DisplayName		    Vim 5.6: Edit with Vim popup menu entry
-		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstal.exe
+		UninstallString		    {path}\uninstall.exe
 
    Replace {path} with the path that leads to the executable.
    Don't type {default}, this is the value for the key itself.
 
 To remove "Edit with Vim" from the popup menu, just remove the registry
-entries mentioned above.  The "uninstal.exe" program can do this for you.  You
-can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
+entries mentioned above.  The "uninstall.exe" program can do this for you.
+You can also use the entry in the Windows standard "Add/Remove Programs" list.
 
 If you notice that this entry overrules other file type associations, set
 those associations again by hand (using Windows Explorer, see above).  This

runtime/doc/help.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 12
+*help.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 			VIM - main help file
 									 k
@@ -139,6 +139,7 @@ Advanced editing ~
 |fold.txt|	hide (fold) ranges of lines
 
 Special issues ~
+|testing.txt|	testing Vim and Vim scripts
 |print.txt|	printing
 |remote.txt|	using Vim as a server or client
 |term.txt|	using different terminals and mice

runtime/doc/helphelp.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*helphelp.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 18
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -102,7 +102,11 @@ Help on help files					*helphelp*
 			current file.  See |help-translated|.
 
 						 	*:helpc* *:helpclose*
-:helpc[lose]            Close one help window, if there is one.
+:helpc[lose]		Close one help window, if there is one.
+			Vim will try to restore the window layout (including
+			cursor position) to the same layout it was before
+			opening the help window initially.  This might cause
+			triggering several autocommands.
 
 							*:helpg* *:helpgrep*
 :helpg[rep] {pattern}[@xx]

runtime/doc/if_lua.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_lua.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Luis Carvalho
@@ -32,7 +32,7 @@ Examples:
 	:lua local curbuf = vim.buffer() curbuf[7] = "line #7"
 <
 
-:[range]lua << {endmarker}
+:[range]lua << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Lua script {script}.
@@ -40,9 +40,11 @@ Examples:
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:lua| command is mainly useful for including Lua code
 in Vim scripts.
 

runtime/doc/if_mzsch.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_mzsch.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sergey Khorev
@@ -39,7 +39,7 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 :[range]mz[scheme] {stmt}
 			Execute MzScheme statement {stmt}.
 
-:[range]mz[scheme] << {endmarker}
+:[range]mz[scheme] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute inlined MzScheme script {script}.
@@ -47,6 +47,13 @@ To speed up the process, you might also want to use --disable-gracket and
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
+			The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be
+			preceded by any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot
+			'.' must be used after {script}, like for the
+			|:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 							*:mzfile* *:mzf*
 :[range]mzf[ile] {file}	Execute the MzScheme script in {file}.
 

runtime/doc/if_perl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_perl.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Sven Verdoolaege
@@ -55,15 +55,18 @@ The ActiveState one should work, Strawberry Perl is a good alternative.
 			working: >
 				:perl VIM::Msg("Hello")
 
-:pe[rl] << {endpattern}
+:pe[rl] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Perl script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
 			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  Using
 			'.' helps when inside a function, because "$i;" looks
 			like the start of an |:insert| command to Vim.
+
 			This form of the |:perl| command is mainly useful for
 			including perl code in vim scripts.
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Perl feature

runtime/doc/if_pyth.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 04
+*if_pyth.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Paul Moore
@@ -34,7 +34,7 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			the `:python` command is working: >
 				:python print "Hello"
 
-:[range]py[thon] << {endmarker}
+:[range]py[thon] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Python script {script}.
@@ -42,9 +42,11 @@ Both can be available at the same time, but read |python-2-and-3|.
 			feature wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like
-for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} below the {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:python| command is mainly useful for including python code
 in Vim scripts.
 

runtime/doc/if_ruby.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_ruby.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Shugo Maeda
@@ -28,15 +28,19 @@ downloading Ruby there.
 :rub[y] {cmd}		Execute Ruby command {cmd}.  A command to try it out: >
 				:ruby print "Hello"
 
-:rub[y] << {endpattern}
+:rub[y] << [endmarker]
 {script}
-{endpattern}
+{endmarker}
 			Execute Ruby script {script}.
-			{endpattern} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
-			If {endpattern} is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
-			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.  This
-			form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
+			The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by
+			any white space.
+
+			If [endmarker] is omitted, it defaults to a dot '.'
+			like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
+			This form of the |:ruby| command is mainly useful for
 			including ruby code in vim scripts.
+
 			Note: This command doesn't work when the Ruby feature
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.

runtime/doc/if_tcl.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*if_tcl.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 21
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Ingo Wilken
@@ -30,7 +30,7 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			is working: >
 				:tcl puts "Hello"
 
-:[range]tc[l] << {endmarker}
+:[range]tc[l] << [endmarker]
 {script}
 {endmarker}
 			Execute Tcl script {script}.
@@ -38,9 +38,11 @@ comments, ideas etc to <Ingo.Wilken@informatik.uni-oldenburg.de>
 			wasn't compiled in.  To avoid errors, see
 			|script-here|.
 
-{endmarker} must NOT be preceded by any white space.  If {endmarker} is
-omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after {script}, like for
-the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+The {endmarker} after {script} must NOT be preceded by any white space.
+
+If [endmarker] is omitted from after the "<<", a dot '.' must be used after
+{script}, like for the |:append| and |:insert| commands.
+
 This form of the |:tcl| command is mainly useful for including tcl code in Vim
 scripts.
 

runtime/doc/indent.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Feb 21
+*indent.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -901,7 +901,7 @@ NOTE:	Indenting will be a bit slower if this option is used because some
 	optimizations won't be available.
 -------------
 
-							*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
+					*PHP_vintage_case_default_indent*
 To indent 'case:' and 'default:' statements in switch() blocks: >
     :let g:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 1
 
@@ -928,6 +928,43 @@ You will obtain the following result: >
         ->age()
         ->info();
 
+-------------
+
+					*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to parameters in multi-line function calls. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 1
+
+Function call arguments will indent 1 extra level. For two-space indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+      $with_this,
+      $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+          $with_this,
+          $and_that
+      );
+    }
+
+-------------
+
+				*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
+Extra indentation levels to add to arguments in multi-line function
+definitions. >
+    let g:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 1
+
+Function arguments in declarations will indent 1 extra level. For two-space
+indentation: >
+
+    function call_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+    ) {
+      $this->do_the_thing(
+        $with_this,
+        $and_that
+      );
+    }
 
 
 PYTHON							*ft-python-indent*

runtime/doc/index.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 16
+*index.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ to look for deleting something, use: "/delete".
 5. Terminal-Job mode			|terminal-job-index|
 6. EX commands				|ex-cmd-index|
 
-For an overview of options see help.txt |option-list|.
+For an overview of options see |option-list|.
 For an overview of built-in functions see |functions|.
 For a list of Vim variables see |vim-variable|.
 For a complete listing of all help items see |help-tags|.
@@ -73,14 +73,14 @@ tag		char		action in Insert mode	~
 				the cursor
 |i_CTRL-Q|	CTRL-Q		same as CTRL-V, unless used for terminal
 				control flow
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R| CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O| CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and don't auto-indent
-|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*:=}
+|i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P| CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}
 				insert the contents of a register literally
 				and fix indent.
 		CTRL-S		(used for terminal control flow)
@@ -166,7 +166,6 @@ commands in CTRL-X submode				*i_CTRL-X_index*
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-V|	CTRL-X CTRL-V	complete like in : command line
 |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-]|	CTRL-X CTRL-]	complete tags
 |i_CTRL-X_s|		CTRL-X s	spelling suggestions
-{not available when compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature}
 
 commands in completion mode (see |popupmenu-keys|)
 
@@ -782,6 +781,7 @@ tag		char	      note action in Normal mode	~
 |gn|		gn	      1,2  find the next match with the last used
 				   search pattern and Visually select it
 |gm|		gm		1  go to character at middle of the screenline
+|gM|		gM		1  go to character at middle of the text line
 |go|		go		1  cursor to byte N in the buffer
 |gp|		["x]gp		2  put the text [from register x] after the
 				   cursor N times, leave the cursor after it
@@ -1129,6 +1129,8 @@ The commands are sorted on the non-optional part of their name.
 
 tag		command		action ~
 ------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+|:|		:		nothing
+|:range|	:{range}	go to last line in {range}
 |:!|		:!		filter lines or execute an external command
 |:!!|		:!!		repeat last ":!" command
 |:#|		:#		same as ":number"
@@ -1592,6 +1594,7 @@ tag		command		action ~
 |:spelldump|	:spelld[ump]	split window and fill with all correct words
 |:spellgood|	:spe[llgood]	add good word for spelling
 |:spellinfo|	:spelli[nfo]	show info about loaded spell files
+|:spellrare|	:spellra[re]	add rare word for spelling
 |:spellrepall|	:spellr[epall]	replace all bad words like last |z=|
 |:spellundo|	:spellu[ndo]	remove good or bad word
 |:spellwrong|	:spellw[rong]	add spelling mistake

runtime/doc/insert.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*insert.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -106,7 +106,7 @@ CTRL-K {char1} [char2]
 CTRL-N		Find next keyword (see |i_CTRL-N|).
 CTRL-P		Find previous keyword (see |i_CTRL-P|).
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R {register}				*i_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Between typing CTRL-R and
 		the second character, '"' will be displayed to indicate that
 		you are expected to enter the name of a register.
@@ -143,7 +143,7 @@ CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+:.-=}					*i_CTRL-R*
 				sequence will be broken.
 		See |registers| about registers.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
+CTRL-R CTRL-R {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		Insert the contents of a register.  Works like using a single
 		CTRL-R, but the text is inserted literally, not as if typed.
 		This differs when the register contains characters like <BS>.
@@ -155,7 +155,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-R*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
+CTRL-R CTRL-O {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and don't
 		auto-indent.  Does the same as pasting with the mouse
 		|<MiddleMouse>|. When the register is linewise this will
@@ -164,7 +164,7 @@ CTRL-R CTRL-O {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-O*
 		The '.' register (last inserted text) is still inserted as
 		typed.
 
-CTRL-R CTRL-P {0-9a-z"%#*+/:.-=}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
+CTRL-R CTRL-P {register}			*i_CTRL-R_CTRL-P*
 		Insert the contents of a register literally and fix the
 		indent, like |[<MiddleMouse>|.
 		Does not replace characters!
@@ -300,8 +300,7 @@ character is written at the end of each line.  Thus if you want to insert a
 
 						*i_CTRL-X* *insert_expand*
 CTRL-X enters a sub-mode where several commands can be used.  Most of these
-commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.  These are not available
-when Vim was compiled without the |+insert_expand| feature.
+commands do keyword completion; see |ins-completion|.
 
 Two commands can be used to scroll the window up or down, without exiting
 insert mode:
@@ -609,9 +608,6 @@ In Insert and Replace mode, there are several commands to complete part of a
 keyword or line that has been typed.  This is useful if you are using
 complicated keywords (e.g., function names with capitals and underscores).
 
-These commands are not available when the |+insert_expand| feature was
-disabled at compile time.
-
 Completion can be done for:
 
 1. Whole lines						|i_CTRL-X_CTRL-L|
@@ -1092,7 +1088,7 @@ items:
 	menu		extra text for the popup menu, displayed after "word"
 			or "abbr"
 	info		more information about the item, can be displayed in a
-			preview window
+			preview or popup window
 	kind		single letter indicating the type of completion
 	icase		when non-zero case is to be ignored when comparing
 			items to be equal; when omitted zero is used, thus
@@ -1114,12 +1110,55 @@ items in the returned list.
 
 The "menu" item is used in the popup menu and may be truncated, thus it should
 be relatively short.  The "info" item can be longer, it will  be displayed in
-the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt'.  The "info" item
-will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.  This is
-useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to remove
-existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is three
-lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
+the preview window when "preview" appears in 'completeopt' or in a popup
+window when "popup" appears in 'completeopt'.  In the preview window the
+"info" item will also remain displayed after the popup menu has been removed.
+This is useful for function arguments.  Use a single space for "info" to
+remove existing text in the preview window.  The size of the preview window is
+three lines, but 'previewheight' is used when it has a value of 1 or 2.
 
+						*complete-popup*
+When "popup" is in 'completeopt' a popup window is used to display the "info".
+Then the 'completepopup' option specifies the properties of the popup.  This
+is used when the info popup is created.  The option is a comma separated list
+of values:
+	height		maximum height of the popup
+	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is PmenuSel)
+	align		"item" (default) or "menu"
+	border		"on" (default) or "off"
+Example: >
+	:set completepopup=height:10,width:60,highlight:InfoPopup
+
+When the "align" value is "item" then the popup is positioned close to the
+selected item.  Changing the selection will also move the popup.  When "align"
+is "menu" then the popup is aligned with the top of the menu if the menu is
+below the text, and the bottom of the menu otherwise.
+
+After the info popup is created it can be found with |popup_findinfo()| and
+properties can be changed with |popup_setoptions()|.
+
+						*complete-popuphidden*
+If the information for the popup is obtained asynchronously, use "popuphidden"
+in 'completeopt'.  The info popup will then be initally hidden and
+|popup_show()| must be called once it has been filled with the info.  This can
+be done with a |CompleteChanged| autocommand, something like this: >
+	set completeopt+=popuphidden
+	au CompleteChanged * call UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	func UpdateCompleteInfo()
+	  " Cancel any pending info fetch
+	  let item = v:event.completed_item
+	  " Start fetching info for the item then call ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	endfunc
+	func ShowCompleteInfo(info)
+	  let id = popup_findinfo()
+	  if id
+	    call popup_settext(id, 'async info: ' .. a:info)
+	    call popup_show(id)
+	  endif
+	endfunc
+
+<						*complete-item-kind*
 The "kind" item uses a single letter to indicate the kind of completion.  This
 may be used to show the completion differently (different color or icon).
 Currently these types can be used:

runtime/doc/intro.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 26
+*intro.txt*     For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -508,6 +508,9 @@ the ":map" command.  The rules are:
 	   <M-a>		Meta- a  ('a' with bit 8 set)
 	   <M-A>		Meta- A  ('A' with bit 8 set)
 	   <t_kd>		"kd" termcap entry (cursor down key)
+    Although you can specify <M-{char}> with {char} being a multi-byte
+    character, Vim may not be able to know what byte sequence that is and then
+    it won't work.
 
 If you want to use the full <> notation in Vim, you have to make sure the '<'
 flag is excluded from 'cpoptions' (when 'compatible' is not set, it already is

runtime/doc/map.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*map.txt*       For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -20,7 +20,8 @@ manual.
    1.8 Examples				|map-examples|
    1.9 Using mappings			|map-typing|
    1.10 Mapping alt-keys		|:map-alt-keys|
-   1.11 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
+   1.11 Mapping in modifyOtherKeys mode	|modifyOtherKeys|
+   1.12 Mapping an operator		|:map-operator|
 2. Abbreviations		|abbreviations|
 3. Local mappings and functions	|script-local|
 4. User-defined commands	|user-commands|
@@ -777,6 +778,9 @@ In the GUI Vim handles the Alt key itself, thus mapping keys with ALT should
 always work.  But in a terminal Vim gets a sequence of bytes and has to figure
 out whether ALT was pressed or not.
 
+If the terminal supports the modifyOtherKeys mode and it has been enabled,
+then Vim can recognize more key combinations, see |modifyOtherKeys| below.
+
 By default Vim assumes that pressing the ALT key sets the 8th bit of a typed
 character.  Most decent terminals can work that way, such as xterm, aterm and
 rxvt.  If your <A-k> mappings don't work it might be that the terminal is
@@ -814,7 +818,31 @@ on the terminal; that's a good last resource in case you want to send ESC when
 using other applications but not when inside Vim.
 
 
-1.11 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
+1.11 MAPPING IN modifyOtherKeys mode			*modifyOtherKeys*
+
+Xterm and a few other terminals can be put in a mode where keys with modifiers
+are sent with a special escape code.  Vim recognizes these codes and can then
+make a difference between CTRL-H and Backspace, even when Backspace sends the
+character 8.  And many more special keys.
+
+For xterm modifyOtherKeys is enabled in the builtin termcap entry.  If this is
+not used you can enable modifyOtherKeys with these lines in your vimrc: >
+      let &t_TI = "\<Esc>[>4;2m"
+      let &t_TE = "\<Esc>[>4;m"
+
+In case the modifyOtherKeys mode causes problems you can disable it: >
+      let &t_TI = ""
+      let &t_TE = ""
+It does not take effect immediately.  To have this work without restarting Vim
+execute a shell command, e.g.: `!ls`
+
+A known side effect effect is that in Insert mode the raw escape sequence is
+inserted after the CTRL-V key.  This can be used to check whether
+modifyOtherKeys is enabled: In Insert mode type CTRL-V CTRL-V, if you get
+one byte then modifyOtherKeys is off, if you get <1b>27;5;118~ then it is on.
+
+
+1.12 MAPPING AN OPERATOR				*:map-operator*
 
 An operator is used before a {motion} command.  To define your own operator
 you must create mapping that first sets the 'operatorfunc' option and then

runtime/doc/message.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 18
+*message.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 19
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -479,6 +479,9 @@ out-of-memory situation.  First make sure that any changes are saved.  Then
 try to solve the memory shortage.  To stay on the safe side, exit Vim and
 start again.
 
+If this happens while Vim is still initializing, editing files is very
+unlikely to work, therefore Vim will exit with value 123.
+
 Buffers are only partly kept in memory, thus editing a very large file is
 unlikely to cause an out-of-memory situation.  Undo information is completely
 in memory, you can reduce that with these options:
@@ -579,7 +582,8 @@ allowed for the command that was used.
 Vim was not able to create a swap file.  You can still edit the file, but if
 Vim unexpectedly exits the changes will be lost.  And Vim may consume a lot of
 memory when editing a big file.  You may want to change the 'directory' option
-to avoid this error.  See |swap-file|.
+to avoid this error.  This error is not given when 'directory' is empty.  See
+|swap-file|.
 
 							*E140*  >
   Use ! to write partial buffer
@@ -809,6 +813,8 @@ To reduce the number of hit-enter prompts:
 - Set 'cmdheight' to 2 or higher.
 - Add flags to 'shortmess'.
 - Reset 'showcmd' and/or 'ruler'.
+- Make sure `:echo` text is shorter than or equal to |v:echospace| screen
+  cells.
 
 If your script causes the hit-enter prompt and you don't know why, you may
 find the |v:scrollstart| variable useful.

runtime/doc/motion.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*motion.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -227,6 +227,12 @@ g^			When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the first non-blank
 gm			Like "g0", but half a screenwidth to the right (or as
 			much as possible).
 
+							*gM*
+gM			Like "g0", but to halfway the text of the line.
+			With a count: to this percentage of text in the line.
+			Thus "10gM" is near the start of the text and "90gM"
+			is near the end of the text.
+
 							*g$* *g<End>*
 g$ or g<End>		When lines wrap ('wrap' on): To the last character of
 			the screen line and [count - 1] screen lines downward

runtime/doc/options.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*options.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -856,6 +856,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		:set background&
 <	Vim will guess the value.  In the GUI this should work correctly,
 	in other cases Vim might not be able to guess the right value.
+	If the GUI supports a dark theme, you can use the "d" flag in
+	'guioptions', see 'go-d'.
 
 	When the |t_RB| option is set, Vim will use it to request the background
 	color from the terminal.  If the returned RGB value is dark/light and
@@ -1131,6 +1133,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	v:beval_col	column number (byte index)
 	v:beval_text	word under or after the mouse pointer
 
+	Instead of showing a balloon, which is limited to plain text, consider
+	using a popup window, see |popup_beval_example|.  A popup window can
+	use highlighting and show a border.
+
 	The evaluation of the expression must not have side effects!
 	Example: >
     function MyBalloonExpr()
@@ -1436,8 +1442,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cedit'*
 'cedit'			string	(Vi default: "", Vim default: CTRL-F)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The key used in Command-line Mode to open the command-line window.
 	The default is CTRL-F when 'compatible' is off.
 	Only non-printable keys are allowed.
@@ -1640,8 +1644,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'cmdwinheight'* *'cwh'*
 'cmdwinheight' 'cwh'	number	(default 7)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Number of screen lines to use for the command-line window. |cmdwin|
 
 						*'colorcolumn'* *'cc'*
@@ -1683,8 +1685,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'comments' 'com'	string	(default
 				"s1:/*,mb:*,ex:*/,://,b:#,:%,:XCOMM,n:>,fb:-")
 			local to buffer
-			{not available when compiled without the |+comments|
-			feature}
 	A comma separated list of strings that can start a comment line.  See
 	|format-comments|.  See |option-backslash| about using backslashes to
 	insert a space.
@@ -1866,7 +1866,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'completefunc' 'cfu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode completion
 	with CTRL-X CTRL-U. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-U|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -1874,11 +1874,24 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	This option cannot be set from a |modeline| or in the |sandbox|, for
 	security reasons.
 
+						*'completeslash'* *'csl'*
+'completeslash' 'csl'	string	(default: "")
+			local to buffer
+			{only for MS-Windows}
+	When this option is set it overrules 'shellslash' for completion:
+	- When this option is set to "slash", a forward slash is used for path
+	  completion in insert mode. This is useful when editing HTML tag, or
+	  Makefile with 'noshellslash' on Windows.
+	- When this option is set to "backslash", backslash is used. This is
+	  useful when editing a batch file with 'shellslash' set on Windows.
+	- When this option is empty, same character is used as for
+	  'shellslash'.
+	For Insert mode completion the buffer-local value is used.  For
+	command line completion the global value is used.
+
 						*'completeopt'* *'cot'*
 'completeopt' 'cot'	string	(default: "menu,preview")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	A comma separated list of options for Insert mode completion
 	|ins-completion|.  The supported values are:
 
@@ -1900,6 +1913,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    completion in the preview window.  Only works in
 		    combination with "menu" or "menuone".
 
+	   popup    Show extra information about the currently selected
+		    completion in a popup window.  Only works in combination
+		    with "menu" or "menuone".  Overrides "preview".
+		    See |'completepopup'| for specifying properties.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
+	   popuphidden
+	   	    Just like "popup" but initially hide the popup.  Use a
+		    |CompleteChanged| autocommand to fetch the info and call
+		    |popup_show()| once the popup has been filled.
+		    See the example at |complete-popuphidden|.
+		    {only works when compiled with the |+textprop| feature}
+
 	   noinsert Do not insert any text for a match until the user selects
 		    a match from the menu. Only works in combination with
 		    "menu" or "menuone". No effect if "longest" is present.
@@ -1909,6 +1935,17 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		    "menu" or "menuone".
 
 
+					*'completepopup'* *'cpp'*
+'completepopup' 'cpp'	string (default empty)
+			global
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
+	When 'completeopt' contains "popup" then this option is used for the
+	properties of the info popup when it is created.  You can also use
+	|popup_findinfo()| and then set properties for an existing info popup
+	with |popup_setoptions()|.  See |complete-popup|.
+
+
 						*'concealcursor'* *'cocu'*
 'concealcursor' 'cocu'	string (default: "")
 			local to window
@@ -2431,13 +2468,32 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			local to window
 			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
 			feature}
-	Highlight the screen line of the cursor with CursorLine
-	|hl-CursorLine|.  Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen
-	redrawing slower.
+	Highlight the text line of the cursor with CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	Useful to easily spot the cursor.  Will make screen redrawing slower.
 	When Visual mode is active the highlighting isn't used to make it
 	easier to see the selected text.
 
 
+						*'cursorlineopt'* *'culopt'*
+'cursorlineopt' 'culopt' string (default: "number,line")
+			local to window
+			{not available when compiled without the |+syntax|
+			feature}
+	Comma separated list of settings for how 'cursorline' is displayed.
+	Valid values:
+	"line"		Highlight the text line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"screenline"	Highlight only the screen line of the cursor with
+			CursorLine |hl-CursorLine|.
+	"number"	Highlight the line number of the cursor with
+			CursorLineNr |hl-CursorLineNr|.
+
+	Special value:
+	"both"		Alias for the values "line,number".
+
+	"line" and "screenline" cannot be used together.
+
+
 						*'debug'*
 'debug'			string	(default "")
 			global
@@ -2644,7 +2700,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	- The swap file will be created in the first directory where this is
 	  possible.
 	- Empty means that no swap file will be used (recovery is
-	  impossible!).
+	  impossible!) and no |E303| error will be given.
 	- A directory "." means to put the swap file in the same directory as
 	  the edited file.  On Unix, a dot is prepended to the file name, so
 	  it doesn't show in a directory listing.  On MS-Windows the "hidden"
@@ -2705,8 +2761,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'eadirection'* *'ead'*
 'eadirection' 'ead'	string	(default "both")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Tells when the 'equalalways' option applies:
 		ver	vertically, width of windows is not affected
 		hor	horizontally, height of windows is not affected
@@ -3142,8 +3196,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'fillchars'* *'fcs'*
 'fillchars' 'fcs'	string	(default "vert:|,fold:-")
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			and |+folding| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+folding|
+			feature}
 	Characters to fill the statuslines and vertical separators.
 	It is a comma separated list of items:
 
@@ -3692,6 +3746,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 								*'go-c'*
 	  'c'	Use console dialogs instead of popup dialogs for simple
 		choices.
+								*'go-d'*
+	  'd'	Use dark theme variant if available. Currently only works for
+		GTK+ GUI.
 								*'go-e'*
 	  'e'	Add tab pages when indicated with 'showtabline'.
 		'guitablabel' can be used to change the text in the labels.
@@ -3779,8 +3836,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitablabel'* *'gtl'*
 'guitablabel' 'gtl'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a label of the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty and when the result is empty Vim will use a
 	default label.  See |setting-guitablabel| for more info.
@@ -3798,8 +3854,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'guitabtooltip'* *'gtt'*
 'guitabtooltip' 'gtt'	string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and
-			with the |+windows| feature}
+			{only available when compiled with GUI enabled}
 	When nonempty describes the text to use in a tooltip for the GUI tab
 	pages line.  When empty Vim will use a default tooltip.
 	This option is otherwise just like 'guitablabel' above.
@@ -3824,8 +3879,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'helpheight'* *'hh'*
 'helpheight' 'hh'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal initial height of the help window when it is opened with the
 	":help" command.  The initial height of the help window is half of the
 	current window, or (when the 'ea' option is on) the same as other
@@ -3870,6 +3923,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 				     "8:SpecialKey,~:EndOfBuffer,@:NonText,
 				     d:Directory,e:ErrorMsg,i:IncSearch,
 				     l:Search,m:MoreMsg,M:ModeMsg,n:LineNr,
+				     a:LineNrAbove,b:LineNrBelow,
 				     N:CursorLineNr,r:Question,s:StatusLine,
 				     S:StatusLineNC,c:VertSplit,t:Title,
 				     v:Visual,V:VisualNOS,w:WarningMsg,
@@ -3901,6 +3955,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	|hl-ModeMsg|	 M  Mode (e.g., "-- INSERT --")
 	|hl-LineNr|	 n  line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and
 			    when 'number' or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrAbove|   a  line number above the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
+	|hl-LineNrBelow|   b  line number below the cursor for when the
+			    'relativenumber' option is set.
 	|hl-CursorLineNr|  N like n for when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is
 			    set.
 	|hl-Question|	 r  |hit-enter| prompt and yes/no questions
@@ -4793,9 +4851,9 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			off and the line continues beyond the right of the
 			screen.
 							*lcs-precedes*
-	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first column, when 'wrap'
-			is off and there is text preceding the character
-			visible in the first column.
+	  precedes:c	Character to show in the first visible column of the
+			physical line, when there is text preceding the
+			character visible in the first column.
 							*lcs-conceal*
 	  conceal:c	Character to show in place of concealed text, when
 			'conceallevel' is set to 1.
@@ -5138,12 +5196,11 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'mouse'* *E538*
 'mouse'			string	(default "", "a" for GUI, MS-DOS and Win32,
-						 set to "a" in |defaults.vim|)
+					set to "a" or "nvi" in |defaults.vim|)
 			global
-	Enable the use of the mouse.  Only works for certain terminals
-	(xterm, MS-DOS, Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with
-	sysmouse and Linux console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the
-	GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
+	Enable the use of the mouse.  Works for most terminals (xterm, MS-DOS,
+	Win32 |win32-mouse|, QNX pterm, *BSD console with sysmouse and Linux
+	console with gpm).  For using the mouse in the GUI, see |gui-mouse|.
 	The mouse can be enabled for different modes:
 		n	Normal mode and Terminal modes
 		v	Visual mode
@@ -5154,7 +5211,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 		r	for |hit-enter| and |more-prompt| prompt
 	Normally you would enable the mouse in all five modes with: >
 		:set mouse=a
-<	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
+<	If your terminal can't overrule the mouse events going to the
+	application, use: >
+		:set mouse=nvi
+<	The you can press ":", select text for the system, and press Esc to go
+	back to Vim using the mouse events.
+	In |defaults.vim| "nvi" is used if the 'term' option is not matching
+	"xterm".
+
+	When the mouse is not enabled, the GUI will still use the mouse for
 	modeless selection.  This doesn't move the text cursor.
 
 	See |mouse-using|.  Also see |'clipboard'|.
@@ -5209,8 +5274,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 	In the "popup" model the right mouse button produces a pop-up menu.
 	You need to define this first, see |popup-menu|.
-	In a terminal the popup menu works if Vim is compiled with the
-	|+insert_expand| option.
 
 	Note that you can further refine the meaning of buttons with mappings.
 	See |gui-mouse-mapping|.  But mappings are NOT used for modeless
@@ -5395,7 +5458,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 'omnifunc' 'ofu'	string	(default: empty)
 			local to buffer
 			{not available when compiled without the |+eval|
-			or |+insert_expand| features}
+			feature}
 	This option specifies a function to be used for Insert mode omni
 	completion with CTRL-X CTRL-O. |i_CTRL-X_CTRL-O|
 	See |complete-functions| for an explanation of how the function is
@@ -5624,8 +5687,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'previewheight'* *'pvh'*
 'previewheight' 'pvh'	number (default 12)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Default height for a preview window.  Used for |:ptag| and associated
 	commands.  Used for |CTRL-W_}| when no count is given.  Not used when
 	'previewpopup' is set.
@@ -5633,17 +5696,19 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 					*'previewpopup'* *'pvp'*
 'previewpopup' 'pvp'	string (default empty)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|,
-			|+textprop| or |+quickfix| feature}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+textprop|
+			or |+quickfix| feature}
 	When not empty a popup window is used for commands that would open a
 	preview window.  See |preview-popup|.
+	Not used for the insert completion info, add "popup" to
+	'completeopt' for that.
 
 					*'previewwindow'* *'nopreviewwindow'*
 					*'pvw'* *'nopvw'* *E590*
 'previewwindow' 'pvw'	boolean (default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows| or
-			|+quickfix| features}
+			{not available when compiled without the |+quickfix|
+			feature}
 	Identifies the preview window.  Only one window can have this option
 	set.  It's normally not set directly, but by using one of the commands
 	|:ptag|, |:pedit|, etc.
@@ -5723,8 +5788,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumheight'* *'ph'*
 'pumheight' 'ph'	number	(default 0)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the maximum number of items to show in the popup menu for
 	Insert mode completion.  When zero as much space as available is used.
 	|ins-completion-menu|.
@@ -5732,8 +5795,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'pumwidth'* *'pw'*
 'pumwidth' 'pw'		number	(default 15)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the
-			|+insert_expand| feature}
 	Determines the minimum width to use for the popup menu for Insert mode
 	completion.  |ins-completion-menu|.
 
@@ -6221,6 +6282,15 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	file.  This means that ":split | edit file" results in two windows
 	with scroll-binding, but ":split file" does not.
 
+			*'scrollfocus'* *'scf'* *'noscrollfocus'* *'noscf'*
+'scrollfocus' 'scf'	boolean  (default off)
+			global
+			{only for MS-Windows GUI}
+	When using the scroll wheel and this option is set, the window under
+	the mouse pointer is scrolled.  With this option off the current
+	window is scrolled.
+	Systems other than MS-Windows behave like this option is on.
+
 						*'scrolljump'* *'sj'*
 'scrolljump' 'sj'	number	(default 1)
 			global
@@ -6392,8 +6462,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	See |option-backslash| about including spaces and backslashes.
 	Environment variables are expanded |:set_env|.
 
-	If the name of the shell contains a space, you might need to enclose
-	it in quotes or escape the space.  Example with quotes: >
+	If the name of the shell contains a space, you need to enclose it in
+	quotes and escape the space.  Example: >
 		:set shell=\"c:\program\ files\unix\sh.exe\"\ -f
 <	Note the backslash before each quote (to avoid starting a comment) and
 	each space (to avoid ending the option value).  Also note that the
@@ -6448,10 +6518,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	For Unix the default it "| tee".  The stdout of the compiler is saved
 	in a file and echoed to the screen.  If the 'shell' option is "csh" or
 	"tcsh" after initializations, the default becomes "|& tee".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh" or "bash" the
-	default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	Before using the 'shell' option a path is removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses
-	"sh".
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh", "zsh-beta",
+	"bash" or "fish" the default becomes "2>&1| tee".  This means that
+	stderr is also included.  Before using the 'shell' option a path is
+	removed, thus "/bin/sh" uses "sh".
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellpipe' option changes automatically, unless it was
@@ -6491,13 +6561,14 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	The name of the temporary file can be represented by "%s" if necessary
 	(the file name is appended automatically if no %s appears in the value
 	of this option).
-	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh", "tcsh"
-	or "zsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
-	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh" or "bash" the default becomes
-	">%s 2>&1".  This means that stderr is also included.
-	For Win32, the Unix checks are done and additionally "cmd" is checked
-	for, which makes the default ">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with
-	".exe" appended are checked for.
+	The default is ">".  For Unix, if the 'shell' option is "csh" or
+	"tcsh" during initializations, the default becomes ">&".  If the
+	'shell' option is "sh", "ksh", "mksh", "pdksh", "zsh",
+	"zsh-beta","bash" or "fish", the default becomes ">%s 2>&1".  This
+	means that stderr is also included.  For Win32, the Unix checks are
+	done and additionally "cmd" is checked for, which makes the default
+	">%s 2>&1".  Also, the same names with ".exe" appended are checked
+	for.
 	The initialization of this option is done after reading the ".vimrc"
 	and the other initializations, so that when the 'shell' option is set
 	there, the 'shellredir' option changes automatically unless it was
@@ -6521,7 +6592,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	'shellslash' only works when a backslash can be used as a path
 	separator.  To test if this is so use: >
 		if exists('+shellslash')
-<
+<	Also see 'completeslash'.
+
 			*'shelltemp'* *'stmp'* *'noshelltemp'* *'nostmp'*
 'shelltemp' 'stmp'	boolean	(Vi default off, Vim default on)
 			global
@@ -6676,7 +6748,7 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 
 						*'showbreak'* *'sbr'* *E595*
 'showbreak' 'sbr'	string	(default "")
-			global
+			global or local to window |global-local|
 			{not available when compiled without the |+linebreak|
 			feature}
 	String to put at the start of lines that have been wrapped.  Useful
@@ -6693,7 +6765,10 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	Note that tabs after the showbreak will be displayed differently.
 	If you want the 'showbreak' to appear in between line numbers, add the
 	"n" flag to 'cpoptions'.
-
+	A window-local value overrules a global value.  If the global value is
+	set and you want no value in the current window use NONE: >
+		:setlocal showbreak=NONE
+<
 				     *'showcmd'* *'sc'* *'noshowcmd'* *'nosc'*
 'showcmd' 'sc'		boolean	(Vim default: on, off for Unix,
 				       Vi default: off, set in |defaults.vim|)
@@ -6760,8 +6835,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'showtabline'* *'stal'*
 'showtabline' 'stal'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The value of this option specifies when the line with tab page labels
 	will be displayed:
 		0: never
@@ -7058,16 +7131,12 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'splitbelow'* *'sb'* *'nosplitbelow'* *'nosb'*
 'splitbelow' 'sb'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window below the current
 	one. |:split|
 
 			*'splitright'* *'spr'* *'nosplitright'* *'nospr'*
 'splitright' 'spr'	boolean	(default off)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	When on, splitting a window will put the new window right of the
 	current one. |:vsplit|
 
@@ -7382,8 +7451,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabline'* *'tal'*
 'tabline' 'tal'		string	(default empty)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	When nonempty, this option determines the content of the tab pages
 	line at the top of the Vim window.  When empty Vim will use a default
 	tab pages line.  See |setting-tabline| for more info.
@@ -7409,8 +7476,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'tabpagemax'* *'tpm'*
 'tabpagemax' 'tpm'	number	(default 10)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Maximum number of tab pages to be opened by the |-p| command line
 	argument or the ":tab all" command. |tabpage|
 
@@ -8141,8 +8206,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						Win32 and OS/2)
 			global or local to buffer |global-local|
 	Maximum number of changes that can be undone.  Since undo information
-	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used
-	(nevertheless, a single change can use an unlimited amount of memory).
+	is kept in memory, higher numbers will cause more memory to be used.
+	Nevertheless, a single change can already use a large amount of memory.
 	Set to 0 for Vi compatibility: One level of undo and "u" undoes
 	itself: >
 		set ul=0
@@ -8529,8 +8594,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 	":map <BS> X" to make backspace delete the character in front of the
 	cursor.
 	When 'l' is included and it is used after an operator at the end of a
-	line then it will not move to the next line.  This makes "dl", "cl",
-	"yl" etc. work normally.
+	line (not an empty line) then it will not move to the next line.  This
+	makes "dl", "cl", "yl" etc. work normally.
 	NOTE: This option is set to the Vi default value when 'compatible' is
 	set and to the Vim default value when 'compatible' is reset.
 
@@ -8648,6 +8713,8 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			complete first match.
 	"list:longest"	When more than one match, list all matches and
 			complete till longest common string.
+	"list:lastused" When more than one buffer matches, sort buffers
+			by time last used (other than the current buffer).
 	When there is only a single match, it is fully completed in all cases.
 
 	Examples: >
@@ -8720,8 +8787,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winheight'* *'wh'* *E591*
 'winheight' 'wh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of lines for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer lines if there is not enough room.  If the
 	focus goes to a window that is smaller, its size is increased, at the
@@ -8742,8 +8807,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixheight'* *'wfh'* *'nowinfixheight'* *'nowfh'*
 'winfixheight' 'wfh'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window height when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.  Set by default for the
 	|preview-window| and |quickfix-window|.
@@ -8752,8 +8815,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 			*'winfixwidth'* *'wfw'* *'nowinfixwidth'* *'nowfw'*
 'winfixwidth' 'wfw'	boolean	(default off)
 			local to window
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	Keep the window width when windows are opened or closed and
 	'equalalways' is set.  Also for |CTRL-W_=|.
 	The width may be changed anyway when running out of room.
@@ -8761,8 +8822,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminheight'* *'wmh'*
 'winminheight' 'wmh'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+windows|
-			feature}
 	The minimal height of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero lines (i.e. just a
@@ -8776,8 +8835,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winminwidth'* *'wmw'*
 'winminwidth' 'wmw'	number	(default 1)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	The minimal width of a window, when it's not the current window.
 	This is a hard minimum, windows will never become smaller.
 	When set to zero, windows may be "squashed" to zero columns (i.e. just
@@ -8805,8 +8862,6 @@ A jump table for the options with a short description can be found at |Q_op|.
 						*'winwidth'* *'wiw'* *E592*
 'winwidth' 'wiw'	number	(default 20)
 			global
-			{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit|
-			feature}
 	Minimal number of columns for the current window.  This is not a hard
 	minimum, Vim will use fewer columns if there is not enough room.  If
 	the current window is smaller, its size is increased, at the cost of

runtime/doc/pi_netrw.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*pi_netrw.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 10
 
 	    ------------------------------------------------
 	    NETRW REFERENCE MANUAL    by Charles E. Campbell
@@ -1184,7 +1184,7 @@ One may easily "bookmark" the currently browsed directory by using >
 								*.netrwbook*
 Bookmarks are retained in between sessions of vim in a file called .netrwbook
 as a |List|, which is typically stored in the first directory on the user's
-'|runtimepath|'; entries are kept in sorted order.
+'runtimepath'; entries are kept in sorted order.
 
 If there are marked files and/or directories, mb will add them to the bookmark
 list.
@@ -2094,7 +2094,7 @@ track netrw's browsing directory.
 
 However, given the default setting for g:netrw_keepdir of 1 where netrw
 maintains its own separate notion of the current directory, in order to make
-the two directories the same, use the "c" map (just type c).  That map will
+the two directories the same, use the "cd" map (type cd).  That map will
 set Vim's notion of the current directory to netrw's current browsing
 directory.
 
@@ -2739,7 +2739,7 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				=0 : show all
 				=1 : show not-hidden files
 				=2 : show hidden files only
-				 default: =0
+				 default: =1
 
   *g:netrw_home*		The home directory for where bookmarks and
 				history are saved (as .netrwbook and
@@ -2940,14 +2940,23 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 
 					netrwBak     : *.bak
 					netrwCompress: *.gz *.bz2 *.Z *.zip
+					netrwCoreDump: core.\d\+
 					netrwData    : *.dat
+					netrwDoc     : *.doc,*.txt,*.pdf,
+					               *.pdf,*.docx
 					netrwHdr     : *.h
+					netrwLex     : *.l *.lex
 					netrwLib     : *.a *.so *.lib *.dll
 					netrwMakefile: [mM]akefile *.mak
 					netrwObj     : *.o *.obj
+					netrwPix     : *.bmp,*.fit,*.fits,*.gif,
+					               *.jpg,*.jpeg,*.pcx,*.ppc
+					               *.pgm,*.png,*.psd,*.rgb
+					               *.tif,*.xbm,*.xcf
 					netrwTags    : tags ANmenu ANtags
 					netrwTilde   : *
 					netrwTmp     : tmp* *tmp
+					netrwYacc    : *.y
 
 				In addition, those groups mentioned in
 				|'suffixes'| are also added to the special
@@ -3032,8 +3041,9 @@ your browsing preferences.  (see also: |netrw-settings|)
 				current netrw buffer's window to be used for
 				the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is less than zero, then
-				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize lines
-				or columns will be used for the new window.
+				the absolute value of g:netrw_winsize will be
+				used to specify the quantity of lines or
+				columns for the new window.
 				 If g:netrw_winsize is zero, then a normal
 				split will be made (ie. |'equalalways'| will
 				take effect, for example).
@@ -3371,7 +3381,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	(This section is likely to grow as I get feedback)
 	(also see |netrw-debug|)
 								*netrw-p1*
-	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the
+	P1. I use windows 95, and my ftp dumps four blank lines at the      {{{2
 	    end of every read.
 
 		See |netrw-fixup|, and put the following into your
@@ -3380,7 +3390,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_win95ftp= 1
 
 								*netrw-p2*
-	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by
+	P2. I use Windows, and my network browsing with ftp doesn't sort by {{{2
 	    time or size!  -or-  The remote system is a Windows server; why
 	    don't I get sorts by time or size?
 
@@ -3407,7 +3417,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 
 								*netrw-p3*
-	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw
+	P3. I tried rcp://user@host/ (or protocol other than ftp) and netrw {{{2
 	    used ssh!  That wasn't what I asked for...
 
 		Netrw has two methods for browsing remote directories: ssh
@@ -3416,7 +3426,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		listing), netrw will use the given protocol to do so.
 
 								*netrw-p4*
-	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.
+	P4. I would like long listings to be the default.                   {{{2
 
 		Put the following statement into your |.vimrc|: >
 
@@ -3426,7 +3436,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		you can set.
 
 								*netrw-p5*
-	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing
+	P5. My times come up oddly in local browsing                        {{{2
 
 		Does your system's strftime() accept the "%c" to yield dates
 		such as "Sun Apr 27 11:49:23 1997"?  If not, do a
@@ -3436,7 +3446,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_timefmt= "%X"  (where X is the option)
 <
 								*netrw-p6*
-	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.
+	P6. I want my current directory to track my browsing.               {{{2
 	    How do I do that?
 
 	    Put the following line in your |.vimrc|:
@@ -3444,8 +3454,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		let g:netrw_keepdir= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p7*
-	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames, and
-	    netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
+	P7. I use Chinese (or other non-ascii) characters in my filenames,  {{{2
+	    and netrw (Explore, Sexplore, Hexplore, etc) doesn't display them!
 
 		(taken from an answer provided by Wu Yongwei on the vim
 		mailing list)
@@ -3459,7 +3469,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(...it is one more reason to recommend that people use utf-8!)
 
 								*netrw-p8*
-	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I
+	P8. I'm getting "ssh is not executable on your system" -- what do I {{{2
 	    do?
 
 		(Dudley Fox) Most people I know use putty for windows ssh.  It
@@ -3542,7 +3552,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		default.
 
 						*netrw-p9* *netrw-ml_get*
-	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors
+	P9. I'm browsing, changing directory, and bang!  ml_get errors      {{{2
 	    appear and I have to kill vim.  Any way around this?
 
 		Normally netrw attempts to avoid writing swapfiles for
@@ -3553,7 +3563,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			let g:netrw_use_noswf= 0
 <
 								*netrw-p10*
-	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and
+	P10. I'm being pestered with "[something] is a directory" and       {{{2
 	     "Press ENTER or type command to continue" prompts...
 
 		The "[something] is a directory" prompt is issued by Vim,
@@ -3564,8 +3574,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		your <.vimrc> file.
 
 								*netrw-p11*
-	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my editing
-	     window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
+	P11. I want to have two windows; a thin one on the left and my      {{{2
+	     editing window on the right.  How may I accomplish this?
 
 	     You probably want netrw running as in a side window.  If so, you
 	     will likely find that ":[N]Lexplore" does what you want.  The
@@ -3590,7 +3600,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 
 
 								*netrw-p12*
-	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are
+	P12. My directory isn't sorting correctly, or unwanted letters are  {{{2
 	     appearing in the listed filenames, or things aren't lining
 	     up properly in the wide listing, ...
 
@@ -3600,9 +3610,9 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     You may need to change |g:netrw_sepchr| and/or |g:netrw_xstrlen|.
 
 								*netrw-p13*
-	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to browse,
-	     the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats them
-	     as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
+	P13. I'm a Windows + putty + ssh user, and when I attempt to        {{{2
+	     browse, the directories are missing trailing "/"s so netrw treats
+	     them as file transfers instead of as attempts to browse
 	     subdirectories.  How may I fix this?
 
 	     (mikeyao) If you want to use vim via ssh and putty under Windows,
@@ -3621,7 +3631,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	    "let g:netrw_scp_cmd = "d:\\dev\\putty\\PSCP.exe"
 <
 								*netrw-p14*
-	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh
+	P14. I would like to speed up writes using Nwrite and scp/ssh       {{{2
 	     style connections.  How?  (Thomer M. Gil)
 
 	     Try using ssh's ControlMaster and ControlPath (see the ssh_config
@@ -3648,8 +3658,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		vim scp://host.domain.com//home/user/.bashrc
 <
 								*netrw-p15*
-	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single click
-	     to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
+	P15. How may I use a double-click instead of netrw's usual single   {{{2
+	     click to open a file or directory?  (Ben Fritz)
 
 	     First, disable netrw's mapping with >
 		    let g:netrw_mousemaps= 0
@@ -3661,7 +3671,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     (see |g:netrw_mousemaps|)
 
 								*netrw-p16*
-	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),
+	P16. When editing remote files (ex. :e ftp://hostname/path/file),   {{{2
 	     under Windows I get an |E303| message complaining that its unable
 	     to open a swap file.
 
@@ -3670,7 +3680,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 	     directory.
 
 								*netrw-p17*
-	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.
+	P17. Netrw is closing buffers on its own.                           {{{2
 	     What steps will reproduce the problem?
 		1. :Explore, navigate directories, open a file
 		2. :Explore, open another file
@@ -3684,14 +3694,14 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		    a ":ls!" will show them (although ":ls" does not).
 
 								*netrw-P18*
-	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via
+	P18. How to locally edit a file that's only available via           {{{2
 	     another server accessible via ssh?
 	     See http://stackoverflow.com/questions/12469645/
 	     "Using Vim to Remotely Edit A File on ServerB Only
 	      Accessible From ServerA"
 
 								*netrw-P19*
-	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?
+	P19. How do I get numbering on in directory listings?               {{{2
 		With |g:netrw_bufsettings|, you can control netrw's buffer
 		settings; try putting >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nu nobl nowrap ro nornu"
@@ -3700,7 +3710,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		  let g:netrw_bufsettings="noma nomod nonu nobl nowrap ro rnu"
 <
 								*netrw-P20*
-	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?
+	P20. How may I have gvim start up showing a directory listing?      {{{2
 		Try putting the following code snippet into your .vimrc: >
 		    augroup VimStartup
 		      au!
@@ -3713,8 +3723,8 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 		(ie. a "huge" vim version).
 
 								*netrw-P21*
-	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character, but
-		netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
+	P21. I've made a directory (or file) with an accented character,    {{{2
+		but netrw isn't letting me enter that directory/read that file:
 
 		Its likely that the shell or o/s is using a different encoding
 		than you have vim (netrw) using.  A patch to vim supporting
@@ -3724,7 +3734,7 @@ Example: Clear netrw's marked file list via a mapping on gu >
 			au FileType netrw set enc=latin1
 <
 								*netrw-P22*
-	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:
+	P22. I get an error message when I try to copy or move a file:      {{{2
 
 		**error** (netrw) tried using g:netrw_localcopycmd<cp>; it doesn't work!
 
@@ -3832,6 +3842,16 @@ netrw:
 ==============================================================================
 12. History						*netrw-history* {{{1
 
+	v163:	Dec 05, 2017	* (Cristi Balan) reported that a setting ('sel')
+				  was left changed
+				* (Holger Mitschke) reported a problem with
+				  saving and restoring history.  Fixed.
+				* Hopefully I fixed a nasty bug that caused a
+				  file rename to wipe out a buffer that it
+				  should not have wiped out.
+				* (Holger Mitschke) amended this help file
+				  with additional |g:netrw_special_syntax|
+				  items
 	v162:	Sep 19, 2016	* (haya14busa) pointed out two syntax errors
 				  with a patch; these are now fixed.
 		Oct 26, 2016	* I started using mate-terminal and found that

runtime/doc/popup.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 14
+*popup.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 09
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -16,6 +16,7 @@ Displaying text in a floating window.			*popup* *popup-window*
 3. Usage			|popup-usage|
    popup_create() arguments	|popup_create-arguments|
    Popup text properties	|popup-props|
+   Position popup with textprop	|popup-textprop-pos|
    Popup filter			|popup-filter|
    Popup callback		|popup-callback|
    Popup scrollbar		|popup-scrollbar|
@@ -124,7 +125,9 @@ is always associated with the popup window and manipulation is restricted:
 It is possible to change the specifically mentioned options, but anything
 might break then, so better leave them alone.
 
-The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.
+The window does have a cursor position, but the cursor is not displayed.  In
+fact, the cursor in the underlying window is displayed, as if it peeks through
+the popup, so you can see where it is.
 
 To execute a command in the context of the popup window and buffer use
 `win_execute()`.  Example: >
@@ -134,9 +137,7 @@ Options can be set on the window with `setwinvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setwinvar(winid, '&wrap', 0)
 And options can be set on the buffer with `setbufvar()`, e.g.: >
 	call setbufvar(winbufnr(winid), '&filetype', 'java')
-Note that this does not trigger autocommands.  Use `win_execute()` if you do
-need them.
-
+You can also use `win_execute()` with a ":setlocal" command.
 
 
 ==============================================================================
@@ -185,6 +186,11 @@ popup_atcursor({what}, {options})			*popup_atcursor()*
 				\ moved: 'WORD',
 				\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
+		If "pos" is passed as "topleft" then the default for "line"
+		becomes "cursor+1".
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_atcursor({})
 
 
 popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
@@ -198,9 +204,11 @@ popup_beval({what}, {options})			*popup_beval()*
 			\ mousemoved: 'WORD',
 			\ })
 <		Use {options} to change the properties.
-		See |popup_beval_example| for an example use.
-
+		See |popup_beval_example| for an example.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_beval({})
+<
 							*popup_clear()*
 popup_clear()	Emergency solution to a misbehaving plugin: close all popup
 		windows for the current tab and global popups.
@@ -215,6 +223,8 @@ popup_close({id} [, {result}])				*popup_close()*
 		it will be passed as the second argument of the callback.
 		Otherwise zero is passed to the callback.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_close()
 
 popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 		Open a popup window showing {what}, which is either:
@@ -237,6 +247,8 @@ popup_create({what}, {options})				*popup_create()*
 			call setbufline(bufnr, 2, 'second line')
 <		In case of failure zero is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_create({})
 
 popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 		Just like |popup_create()| but with these default options: >
@@ -246,6 +258,7 @@ popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 				\ drag: 1,
 				\ border: [],
 				\ padding: [],
+				\ mapping: 0,
 				\})
 <		Use {options} to change the properties. E.g. add a 'filter'
 		option with value 'popup_filter_yesno'.  Example: >
@@ -257,6 +270,8 @@ popup_dialog({what}, {options})				*popup_dialog()*
 <		By default the dialog can be dragged, so that text below it
 		can be read if needed.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_dialog({})
 
 popup_filter_menu({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_menu()*
 		Filter that can be used for a popup. These keys can be used:
@@ -288,6 +303,20 @@ popup_filter_yesno({id}, {key})				*popup_filter_yesno()*
 		See the example here: |popup_dialog-example|
 
 
+popup_findinfo()					*popup_findinfo()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup info window, as it used by
+		the popup menu.  See |complete-popup|.  The info popup is
+		hidden when not used, it can be deleted with |popup_clear()|
+		and |popup_close()|.  Use |popup_show()| to reposition it to
+		the item in the popup menu.
+		Returns zero if there is none.
+
+
+popup_findpreview()					*popup_findpreview()*
+		Get the |window-ID| for the popup preview window.
+		Return zero if there is none.
+
+
 popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		Return the {options} for popup {id} in a Dict.
 		A zero value means the option was not set.  For "zindex" the
@@ -299,6 +328,10 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		The "mousemoved" entry is a list with screen row, minimum and
 		maximum screen column, [0, 0, 0] when not set.
 
+		"firstline" is the property set on the popup, unlike the
+		"firstline" obtained with |popup_getpos()| which is the actual
+		buffer line at the top of the popup window.
+
 		"border" and "padding" are not included when all values are
 		zero.  When all values are one then an empty list is included.
 
@@ -310,8 +343,13 @@ popup_getoptions({id})					*popup_getoptions()*
 		the current tabpage and a positive number for a popup on
 		another tabpage.
 
+		"textprop", "textpropid" and "textpropwin" are only present
+		when "textprop" was set.
+
 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getoptions()
 
 popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		Return the position and size of popup {id}.  Returns a Dict
@@ -325,6 +363,9 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 		    core_width	width of the text box in screen cells
 		    core_height	height of the text box in screen cells
 		    firstline	line of the buffer at top (1 unless scrolled)
+				(not the value of the "firstline" property)
+		    lastline	line of the buffer at the bottom (updated when
+				the popup is redrawn)
 		    scrollbar	non-zero if a scrollbar is displayed
 		    visible	one if the popup is displayed, zero if hidden
 		Note that these are the actual screen positions.  They differ
@@ -335,6 +376,8 @@ popup_getpos({id})					*popup_getpos()*
 
 		If popup window {id} is not found an empty Dict is returned.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_getpos()
 
 popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If {id} is a displayed popup, hide it now. If the popup has a
@@ -343,6 +386,8 @@ popup_hide({id})						*popup_hide()*
 		If window {id} does not exist nothing happens.  If window {id}
 		exists but is not a popup window an error is given. *E993*
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_hide()
 
 popup_locate({row}, {col})				 *popup_locate()*
 		Return the |window-ID| of the popup at screen position {row}
@@ -365,13 +410,23 @@ popup_menu({what}, {options})				 *popup_menu()*
 				\ cursorline: 1,
 				\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
 				\ filter: 'popup_filter_menu',
+				\ mapping: 0,
 				\ })
 <		The current line is highlighted with a match using
 		"PopupSelected", or "PmenuSel" if that is not defined.
 
 		Use {options} to change the properties.  Should at least set
 		"callback" to a function that handles the selected item.
+		Example: >
+			func ColorSelected(id, result)
+			   " use a:result
+			endfunc
+			call popup_menu(['red', 'green', 'blue'], #{
+				\ callback: 'ColorSelected',
+				\ })
 
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetChoices()->popup_menu({})
 
 popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		Move popup {id} to the position specified with {options}.
@@ -388,6 +443,8 @@ popup_move({id}, {options})					*popup_move()*
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
 		For other options see |popup_setoptions()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_move(options)
 
 popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 		Show the {what} for 3 seconds at the top of the Vim window.
@@ -408,17 +465,21 @@ popup_notification({what}, {options})			 *popup_notification()*
 <		The PopupNotification highlight group is used instead of
 		WarningMsg if it is defined.
 
-		Without the |+timers| feature the poup will not disappear
+		Without the |+timers| feature the popup will not disappear
 		automatically, the user has to click in it.
 
 		The position will be adjusted to avoid overlap with other
 		notifications.
 		Use {options} to change the properties.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->popup_notification({})
 
 popup_show({id})						*popup_show()*
 		If {id} is a hidden popup, show it now.
 		For {id} see `popup_hide()`.
+		If {id} is the info popup it will be positioned next to the
+		current popup menu item.
 
 
 popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
@@ -429,15 +490,17 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 			borderhighlight
 			callback
 			close
-			drag
 			cursorline
+			drag
 			filter
 			firstline
 			flip
 			highlight
+			mapping
 			mask
 			moved
 			padding
+			resize
 			scrollbar
 			scrollbarhighlight
 			thumbhighlight
@@ -449,13 +512,18 @@ popup_setoptions({id}, {options})			*popup_setoptions()*
 		For "hidden" use |popup_hide()| and |popup_show()|.
 		"tabpage" cannot be changed.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_setoptions(options)
+
 popup_settext({id}, {text})				*popup_settext()*
-		Set the text of the buffer in poup win {id}. {text} is the
+		Set the text of the buffer in popup win {id}. {text} is the
 		same as supplied to |popup_create()|, except that a buffer
 		number is not allowed.
 		Does not change the window size or position, other than caused
 		by the different text.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPopup()->popup_settext('hello')
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Usage						*popup-usage*
@@ -476,23 +544,44 @@ properties.  It is in one of four forms:
 			dictionary with a "col" entry, see below:
 			|popup-props|.
 
+If you want to create a new buffer yourself use |bufadd()| and pass the buffer
+number to popup_create().
+It is not possible to use the buffer of a terminal window. *E278*
+
 The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 	line		Screen line where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor", "cursor+1" or "cursor-1" to use
 			the line of the cursor and add or subtract a number of
 			lines.  If omitted the popup is vertically centered.
 			The first line is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	col		Screen column where to position the popup.  Can use a
 			number or "cursor" to use the column of the cursor,
 			"cursor+9" or "cursor-9" to add or subtract a number
 			of columns.  If omitted the popup is horizontally
 			centered.  The first column is 1.
+			When using "textprop" the number is relative to the
+			text property and can be negative.
 	pos		"topleft", "topright", "botleft" or "botright":
 			defines what corner of the popup "line" and "col" are
 			used for.  When not set "topleft" is used.
 			Alternatively "center" can be used to position the
 			popup in the center of the Vim window, in which case
 			"line" and "col" are ignored.
+	posinvert	When FALSE the value of "pos" is always used.  When
+			TRUE (the default) and the popup does not fit
+			vertically and there is more space on the other side
+			then the popup is placed on the other side of the
+			position indicated by "line".
+	textprop	When present the popup is positioned next to a text
+			property with this name and will move when the text
+			property moves.  Use an empty string to remove.  See
+			|popup-textprop-pos|.
+	textpropwin	What window to search for the text property.  When
+			omitted or invalid the current window is used.
+	textpropid	Used to identify the text property when "textprop" is
+			present. Use zero to reset.
 	fixed		When FALSE (the default), and:
 			 - "pos" is "botleft" or "topleft", and
 			 - "wrap" is off, and
@@ -511,13 +600,14 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			padding.
 	minheight	Minimum height of the contents, excluding border and
 			padding.
-	maxwidth	Maximum width of the contents, excluding border and
-			padding.
-	minwidth	Minimum width of the contents, excluding border and
-			padding.
+	maxwidth	Maximum width of the contents, excluding border,
+			padding and scrollbar.
+	minwidth	Minimum width of the contents, excluding border,
+			padding and scrollbar.
 	firstline	First buffer line to display.  When larger than one it
 			looks like the text scrolled up.  When out of range
 			the last buffer line will at the top of the window.
+			Set to zero to leave the position as set by commands.
 			Also see "scrollbar".
 	hidden		When TRUE the popup exists but is not displayed; use
 			`popup_show()` to unhide it.
@@ -534,10 +624,13 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			start and end as padding.
 	wrap		TRUE to make the lines wrap (default TRUE).
 	drag		TRUE to allow the popup to be dragged with the mouse
-			by grabbing at at the border.  Has no effect if the
+			by grabbing at the border.  Has no effect if the
 			popup does not have a border. As soon as dragging
 			starts and "pos" is "center" it is changed to
 			"topleft".
+	resize		TRUE to allow the popup to be resized with the mouse
+			by grabbing at the bottom right corner.  Has no effect
+			if the popup does not have a border.
 	close		When "button" an X is displayed in the top-right, on
 			top of any border, padding or text.  When clicked on
 			the X the popup will close.  Any callback is invoked
@@ -598,8 +691,15 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			- "expr": if the cursor moved outside |<cexpr>|
 			- [{start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved before column
 			  {start} or after {end}
+			- [{lnum}, {start}, {end}]: if the cursor moved away
+			  from line {lnum}, before column {start} or after
+			  {end}
+			- [0, 0, 0] do not close the popup when the cursor
+			  moves
 			The popup also closes if the cursor moves to another
 			line or to another window.
+	mousemoved	Like "moved" but referring to the mouse pointer
+			position
 	cursorline	non-zero: Highlight the cursor line. Also scrolls the
 				  text to show this line (only works properly
 				  when 'wrap' is off).
@@ -607,6 +707,21 @@ The second argument of |popup_create()| is a dictionary with options:
 			Default is zero, except for |popup_menu()|.
 	filter		A callback that can filter typed characters, see
 			|popup-filter|.
+	mapping		Allow for key mapping.  When FALSE and the popup is
+			visible and has a filter callback key mapping is
+			disabled.  Default value is TRUE.
+	filtermode	In which modes the filter is used (same flags as with
+			|hasmapto()| plus "a"):
+				n	Normal mode
+				v	Visual and Select mode
+				x	Visual mode
+				s	Select mode
+				o	Operator-pending mode
+				i	Insert mode
+				l	Language-Argument ("r", "f", "t", etc.)
+				c	Command-line mode
+				a	all modes
+			The default value is "a".
 	callback	A callback that is called when the popup closes, e.g.
 			when using |popup_filter_menu()|, see |popup-callback|.
 
@@ -639,6 +754,72 @@ So we get:
 			|prop_type_add()|
 
 
+POSITION POPUP WITH TEXTPROP				*popup-textprop-pos*
+
+Positioning a popup next to a text property causes the popup to move when text
+is inserted or deleted.  The popup functions like a tooltip.
+
+These steps are needed to make this work:
+
+- Define a text property type, it defines the name. >
+	call prop_type_add('popupMarker', {})
+
+- Place a text property at the desired text: >
+	let lnum = {line of the text}
+	let col = {start column of the text}
+	let len = {length of the text}
+	let propId = {arbitrary but unique number}
+	call prop_add(lnum, col, #{
+		\ length: len,
+		\ type: 'popupMarker',
+		\ id: propId,
+		\ })
+
+- Create a popup: >
+	let winid = popup_create('the text', #{
+		\ pos: 'botleft',
+		\ textprop: 'popupMarker',
+		\ textpropid: propId,
+		\ border: [],
+		\ padding: [0,1,0,1],
+		\ close: 'click',
+		\ })
+
+By default the popup is positioned at the corner of the text, opposite of the
+"pos" specified for the popup.  Thus when the popup uses "botleft", the
+bottom-left corner of the popup is positioned next to the top-right corner of
+the text property:
+			  +----------+
+			  | the text |
+			  +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+Here the text property is on "PROPERTY".  Move the popup to the left by
+passing a negative "col" value to popup_create().  With "col: -5" you get:
+
+		     +----------+
+		     | the text |
+		     +----------+
+	just some PROPERTY as an example
+
+If the text property moves out of view then the popup will be hidden.
+If the window for which the popup was defined is closed, the popup is closed.
+
+If the popup cannot fit in the desired position, it may show at a nearby
+position.
+
+Some hints:
+- To avoid collision with other plugins the text property type name has to be
+  unique.  You can also use the "bufnr" item to make it local to a buffer.
+- You can leave out the text property ID if there is only ever one text
+  property visible.
+- The popup may be in the way of what the user is doing, making it close with
+  a click, as in the example above, helps for that.
+- If the text property is removed the popup is closed.  Use something like
+  this: >
+	call prop_remove(#{type: 'popupMarker', id: propId})
+
+
 POPUP FILTER						*popup-filter*
 
 A callback that gets any typed keys while a popup is displayed.  The filter is
@@ -663,17 +844,27 @@ key as a string, e.g.: >
 	  endif
 	  return 0
 	endfunc
+<							*popup-filter-mode*
+The "filtermode" property can be used to specify in what mode the filter is
+invoked.  The default is "a": all modes.  When using "nvi" Command-line mode
+is not included, so that any command typed on the command line is not
+filtered.  However, to get to Command-line mode the filter must not consume
+":".  Just like it must not consume "v" to allow for entering Visual mode.
 
-Currently the key is what results after any mapping.  This may change...
+							*popup-mapping*
+Normally the key is what results after any mapping, since the keys pass on as
+normal input if the filter does not use it.  If the filter consumes all the
+keys, set the "mapping" property to zero so that mappings do not get in the
+way.  This is default for |popup_menu()| and |popup_dialog()|.
 
-Some common key actions:
+Some recommended key actions:
 	x		close the popup (see note below)
 	cursor keys	select another entry
 	Tab		accept current suggestion
 
-A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates are in
-v:mouse_popup_col and v:mouse_popup_row.  The top-left screen cell of the
-popup is col 1, row 1 (not counting the border).
+A mouse click arrives as <LeftMouse>.  The coordinates are in |v:mouse_col|
+and |v:mouse_lnum|.  The top-left screen cell of the popup is col 1, row 1
+(not counting the border).
 
 Vim provides standard filters |popup_filter_menu()| and
 |popup_filter_yesno()|.
@@ -695,6 +886,11 @@ the second argument of `popup_close()`.
 If the popup is force-closed, e.g. because the cursor moved or CTRL-C was
 pressed, the number -1 is passed to the callback.
 
+Example: >
+	func SelectedColor(id, result)
+	   echo 'choice made: ' .. a:result
+	endfunc
+
 
 POPUP SCROLLBAR						*popup-scrollbar*
 
@@ -702,9 +898,9 @@ If the text does not fit in the popup a scrollbar is displayed on the right of
 the window.  This can be disabled by setting the "scrollbar" option to zero.
 When the scrollbar is displayed mouse scroll events, while the mouse pointer
 is on the popup, will cause the text to scroll up or down as you would expect.
-A click in the upper half of the scrollbar will scroll the text one line
-down.  A click in the lower half wil scroll the text one line up.  However,
-this is limited so that the popup does not get smaller.
+A click in the upper half of the scrollbar will scroll the text down one line.
+A click in the lower half will scroll the text up one line.  However, this is
+limited so that the popup does not get smaller.
 
 
 POPUP MASK						*popup-mask*
@@ -812,7 +1008,7 @@ this example simulated with a timer callback: >
 	    call popup_close(s:winid)
 	    let s:winid = 0
 	  endif
-	  " simulate an asynchronous loopup for the text to display
+	  " simulate an asynchronous lookup for the text to display
 	  let s:balloonText = v:beval_text
 	  call timer_start(100, 'ShowPopup')
 	  return ''

runtime/doc/quickfix.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*quickfix.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 22
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -486,7 +486,7 @@ EXECUTE A COMMAND IN ALL THE BUFFERS IN QUICKFIX OR LOCATION LIST:
 				etc.
 <			When the current file can't be |abandon|ed and the [!]
 			is not present, the command fails.
-			When an error is detected execution stops.
+			When going to the next entry fails execution stops.
 			The last buffer (or where an error occurred) becomes
 			the current buffer.
 			{cmd} can contain '|' to concatenate several commands.
@@ -650,9 +650,9 @@ You can use CTRL-W <Enter> to open a new window and jump to the error there.
 
 When the quickfix window has been filled, two autocommand events are
 triggered.  First the 'filetype' option is set to "qf", which triggers the
-FileType event.  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered, using "quickfix" for
-the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action on the listed
-errors.  Example: >
+FileType event (also see |qf.vim|).  Then the BufReadPost event is triggered,
+using "quickfix" for the buffer name.  This can be used to perform some action
+on the listed errors.  Example: >
 	au BufReadPost quickfix  setlocal modifiable
 		\ | silent exe 'g/^/s//\=line(".")." "/'
 		\ | setlocal nomodifiable
@@ -1352,6 +1352,9 @@ replaced with SOH (0x01).
 Note: By default the difference between upper and lowercase is ignored.  If
 you want to match case, add "\C" to the pattern |/\C|.
 
+Vim will read lines of any length, but only the first 4095 bytes are used, the
+rest is ignored.  Items can only be 1023 bytes long.
+
 
 Basic items
 

runtime/doc/quickref.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 31
+*quickref.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -47,6 +47,7 @@ N is used to indicate an optional count that can be given before the command.
 |g$|	N  g$		to last character in screen line (differs from "$"
 			   when lines wrap)
 |gm|	   gm		to middle of the screen line
+|gM|	   gM		to middle of the line
 |bar|	N  |		to column N (default: 1)
 |f|	N  f{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the right
 |F|	N  F{char}	to the Nth occurrence of {char} to the left
@@ -291,7 +292,7 @@ moving around:
 |i_CTRL-A|	CTRL-A		  insert previously inserted text
 |i_CTRL-@|	CTRL-@		  insert previously inserted text and stop
 				     Insert mode
-|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z%#:.-="}  insert the contents of a register
+|i_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register} insert the contents of a register
 
 |i_CTRL-N|	CTRL-N		  insert next match of identifier before the
 				     cursor
@@ -651,6 +652,8 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'complete'	  'cpt'     specify how Insert mode completion works
 'completefunc'	  'cfu'     function to be used for Insert mode completion
 'completeopt'	  'cot'     options for Insert mode completion
+'completepopup'	  'cpp'     options for the Insert mode completion info popup
+'completeslash'	  'csl'	    like 'shellslash' for completion
 'concealcursor'	  'cocu'    whether concealable text is hidden in cursor line
 'conceallevel'	  'cole'    whether concealable text is shown or hidden
 'confirm'	  'cf'	    ask what to do about unsaved/read-only files
@@ -668,6 +671,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'cursorbind'	  'crb'     move cursor in window as it moves in other windows
 'cursorcolumn'	  'cuc'	    highlight the screen column of the cursor
 'cursorline'	  'cul'	    highlight the screen line of the cursor
+'cursorlineopt'	  'culopt'  settings for 'cursorline'
 'debug'			    set to "msg" to see all error messages
 'define'	  'def'     pattern to be used to find a macro definition
 'delcombine'	  'deco'    delete combining characters on their own
@@ -829,6 +833,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 'perldll'		    name of the Perl dynamic library
 'preserveindent'  'pi'	    preserve the indent structure when reindenting
 'previewheight'   'pvh'     height of the preview window
+'previewpopup'    'pvp'     use popup window for preview
 'previewwindow'   'pvw'     identifies the preview window
 'printdevice'	  'pdev'    name of the printer to be used for :hardcopy
 'printencoding'   'penc'    encoding to be used for printing
@@ -1073,8 +1078,7 @@ Short explanation of each option:		*option-list*
 				      three digits)
 |c_CTRL-K|	CTRL-K {char1} {char2}
 				   enter digraph (See |Q_di|)
-|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {0-9a-z"%#:-=}
-				   insert the contents of a register
+|c_CTRL-R|	CTRL-R {register}  insert the contents of a register
 
 |c_<Left>|	<Left>/<Right>	   cursor left/right
 |c_<S-Left>|	<S-Left>/<S-Right> cursor one word left/right

runtime/doc/repeat.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 14
+*repeat.txt*    For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 20
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -219,10 +219,10 @@ For writing a Vim script, see chapter 41 of the user manual |usr_41.txt|.
 
 			When {file} contains wildcards it is expanded to all
 			matching files.  Example: >
-				:runtime! plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime! plugin/**/*.vim
 <			This is what Vim uses to load the plugin files when
 			starting up.  This similar command: >
-				:runtime plugin/*.vim
+				:runtime plugin/**/*.vim
 <			would source the first file only.
 
 			When 'verbose' is one or higher, there is a message

runtime/doc/sign.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 04
+*sign.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 06
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Gordon Prieur
@@ -9,6 +9,7 @@ Sign Support Features				*sign-support*
 
 1. Introduction				|sign-intro|
 2. Commands				|sign-commands|
+3. Functions				|sign-functions-details|
 
 {only available when compiled with the |+signs| feature}
 
@@ -344,4 +345,380 @@ See |sign_jump()| for the equivalent Vim script function.
 		Same but jump to the sign in group {group}
 
 
+==============================================================================
+3. Functions					*sign-functions-details*
+
+sign_define({name} [, {dict}])				*sign_define()*
+sign_define({list})
+		Define a new sign named {name} or modify the attributes of an
+		existing sign.  This is similar to the |:sign-define| command.
+
+		Prefix {name} with a unique text to avoid name collisions.
+		There is no {group} like with placing signs.
+
+		The {name} can be a String or a Number.  The optional {dict}
+		argument specifies the sign attributes.  The following values
+		are supported:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file for the sign.
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		If the sign named {name} already exists, then the attributes
+		of the sign are updated.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to define a list of signs.
+		Each list item is a dictionary with the above items in {dict}
+		and a 'name' item for the sign name.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  When the one argument
+		{list} is used, then returns a List of values one for each
+		defined sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			call sign_define("mySign", {
+				\ "text" : "=>",
+				\ "texthl" : "Error",
+				\ "linehl" : "Search"})
+			call sign_define([
+				\ {'name' : 'sign1',
+				\  'text' : '=>'},
+				\ {'name' : 'sign2',
+				\  'text' : '!!'}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_define()
+
+sign_getdefined([{name}])				*sign_getdefined()*
+		Get a list of defined signs and their attributes.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-list| command.
+
+		If the {name} is not supplied, then a list of all the defined
+		signs is returned. Otherwise the attribute of the specified
+		sign is returned.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+		   icon		full path to the bitmap file of the sign
+		   linehl	highlight group used for the whole line the
+				sign is placed in.
+		   name		name of the sign
+		   text		text that is displayed when there is no icon
+				or the GUI is not being used.
+		   texthl	highlight group used for the text item
+
+		Returns an empty List if there are no signs and when {name} is
+		not found.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a list of all the defined signs
+			echo sign_getdefined()
+
+			" Get the attribute of the sign named mySign
+			echo sign_getdefined("mySign")
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignList()->sign_getdefined()
+
+sign_getplaced([{expr} [, {dict}]])			*sign_getplaced()*
+		Return a list of signs placed in a buffer or all the buffers.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-place-list| command.
+
+		If the optional buffer name {expr} is specified, then only the
+		list of signs placed in that buffer is returned.  For the use
+		of {expr}, see |bufname()|. The optional {dict} can contain
+		the following entries:
+		   group	select only signs in this group
+		   id		select sign with this identifier
+		   lnum		select signs placed in this line. For the use
+				of {lnum}, see |line()|.
+		If {group} is '*', then signs in all the groups including the
+		global group are returned. If {group} is not supplied or is an
+		empty string, then only signs in the global group are
+		returned.  If no arguments are supplied, then signs in the
+		global group placed in all the buffers are returned.
+		See |sign-group|.
+
+		Each list item in the returned value is a dictionary with the
+		following entries:
+			bufnr	number of the buffer with the sign
+			signs	list of signs placed in {bufnr}. Each list
+				item is a dictionary with the below listed
+				entries
+
+		The dictionary for each sign contains the following entries:
+			group	sign group. Set to '' for the global group.
+			id	identifier of the sign
+			lnum	line number where the sign is placed
+			name	name of the defined sign
+			priority	sign priority
+
+		The returned signs in a buffer are ordered by their line
+		number and priority.
+
+		Returns an empty list on failure or if there are no placed
+		signs.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Get a List of signs placed in eval.c in the
+			" global group
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c")
+
+			" Get a List of signs in group 'g1' placed in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'group' : 'g1'})
+
+			" Get a List of signs placed at line 10 in eval.c
+			echo sign_getplaced("eval.c", {'lnum' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with identifier 10 placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'id' : 10})
+
+			" Get sign with id 20 in group 'g1' placed in a.py
+			echo sign_getplaced("a.py", {'group' : 'g1',
+							\  'id' : 20})
+
+			" Get a List of all the placed signs
+			echo sign_getplaced()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufname()->sign_getplaced()
+<
+							*sign_jump()*
+sign_jump({id}, {group}, {expr})
+		Open the buffer {expr} or jump to the window that contains
+		{expr} and position the cursor at sign {id} in group {group}.
+		This is similar to the |:sign-jump| command.
+
+		For the use of {expr}, see |bufname()|.
+
+		Returns the line number of the sign. Returns -1 if the
+		arguments are invalid.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Jump to sign 10 in the current buffer
+			call sign_jump(10, '', '')
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_jump()
+<
+							*sign_place()*
+sign_place({id}, {group}, {name}, {expr} [, {dict}])
+		Place the sign defined as {name} at line {lnum} in file or
+		buffer {expr} and assign {id} and {group} to sign.  This is
+		similar to the |:sign-place| command.
+
+		If the sign identifier {id} is zero, then a new identifier is
+		allocated.  Otherwise the specified number is used. {group} is
+		the sign group name. To use the global sign group, use an
+		empty string.  {group} functions as a namespace for {id}, thus
+		two groups can use the same IDs. Refer to |sign-identifier|
+		and |sign-group| for more information.
+
+		{name} refers to a defined sign.
+		{expr} refers to a buffer name or number. For the accepted
+		values, see |bufname()|.
+
+		The optional {dict} argument supports the following entries:
+			lnum		line number in the file or buffer
+					{expr} where the sign is to be placed.
+					For the accepted values, see |line()|.
+			priority	priority of the sign. See
+					|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If the optional {dict} is not specified, then it modifies the
+		placed sign {id} in group {group} to use the defined sign
+		{name}.
+
+		Returns the sign identifier on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place a sign named sign1 with id 5 at line 20 in
+			" buffer json.c
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign1', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 20})
+
+			" Updates sign 5 in buffer json.c to use sign2
+			call sign_place(5, '', 'sign2', 'json.c')
+
+			" Place a sign named sign3 at line 30 in
+			" buffer json.c with a new identifier
+			let id = sign_place(0, '', 'sign3', 'json.c',
+							\ {'lnum' : 30})
+
+			" Place a sign named sign4 with id 10 in group 'g3'
+			" at line 40 in buffer json.c with priority 90
+			call sign_place(10, 'g3', 'sign4', 'json.c',
+					\ {'lnum' : 40, 'priority' : 90})
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignid()->sign_place(group, name, expr)
+<
+							*sign_placelist()*
+sign_placelist({list})
+		Place one or more signs.  This is similar to the
+		|sign_place()| function.  The {list} argument specifies the
+		List of signs to place. Each list item is a dict with the
+		following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|.
+		    group	sign group. {group} functions as a namespace
+				for {id}, thus two groups can use the same
+				IDs. If not specified or set to an empty
+				string, then the global group is used.   See
+				|sign-group| for more information.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified or zero,
+				then a new unique identifier is allocated.
+				Otherwise the specified number is used. See
+				|sign-identifier| for more information.
+		    lnum	line number in the buffer {expr} where the
+				sign is to be placed. For the accepted values,
+				see |line()|.
+		    name	name of the sign to place. See |sign_define()|
+		    		for more information.
+		    priority	priority of the sign. When multiple signs are
+				placed on a line, the sign with the highest
+				priority is used. If not specified, the
+				default value of 10 is used. See
+				|sign-priority| for more information.
+
+		If {id} refers to an existing sign, then the existing sign is
+		modified to use the specified {name} and/or {priority}.
+
+		Returns a List of sign identifiers. If failed to place a
+		sign, the corresponding list item is set to -1.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Place sign s1 with id 5 at line 20 and id 10 at line
+			" 30 in buffer a.c
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'id' : 5,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 20},
+				\ {'id' : 10,
+				\  'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 30}
+				\ ])
+
+			" Place sign s1 in buffer a.c at line 40 and 50
+			" with auto-generated identifiers
+			let [n1, n2] = sign_placelist([
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 40},
+				\ {'name' : 's1',
+				\  'buffer' : 'a.c',
+				\  'lnum' : 50}
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_placelist()
+
+sign_undefine([{name}])					*sign_undefine()*
+sign_undefine({list})
+		Deletes a previously defined sign {name}. This is similar to
+		the |:sign-undefine| command. If {name} is not supplied, then
+		deletes all the defined signs.
+
+		The one argument {list} can be used to undefine a list of
+		signs. Each list item is the name of a sign.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.  For the one argument
+		{list} call, returns a list of values one for each undefined
+		sign.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Delete a sign named mySign
+			call sign_undefine("mySign")
+
+			" Delete signs 'sign1' and 'sign2'
+			call sign_undefine(["sign1", "sign2"])
+
+			" Delete all the signs
+			call sign_undefine()
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_undefine()
+
+sign_unplace({group} [, {dict}])			*sign_unplace()*
+		Remove a previously placed sign in one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |:sign-unplace| command.
+
+		{group} is the sign group name. To use the global sign group,
+		use an empty string.  If {group} is set to '*', then all the
+		groups including the global group are used.
+		The signs in {group} are selected based on the entries in
+		{dict}.  The following optional entries in {dict} are
+		supported:
+			buffer	buffer name or number. See |bufname()|.
+			id	sign identifier
+		If {dict} is not supplied, then all the signs in {group} are
+		removed.
+
+		Returns 0 on success and -1 on failure.
+
+		Examples: >
+			" Remove sign 10 from buffer a.vim
+			call sign_unplace('', {'buffer' : "a.vim", 'id' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 20 in group 'g1' from buffer 3
+			call sign_unplace('g1', {'buffer' : 3, 'id' : 20})
+
+			" Remove all the signs in group 'g2' from buffer 10
+			call sign_unplace('g2', {'buffer' : 10})
+
+			" Remove sign 30 in group 'g3' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g3', {'id' : 30})
+
+			" Remove all the signs placed in buffer 5
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'buffer' : 5})
+
+			" Remove the signs in group 'g4' from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('g4')
+
+			" Remove sign 40 from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*', {'id' : 40})
+
+			" Remove all the placed signs from all the buffers
+			call sign_unplace('*')
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSigngroup()->sign_unplace()
+<
+sign_unplacelist({list})				*sign_unplacelist()*
+		Remove previously placed signs from one or more buffers.  This
+		is similar to the |sign_unplace()| function.
+
+		The {list} argument specifies the List of signs to remove.
+		Each list item is a dict with the following sign attributes:
+		    buffer	buffer name or number. For the accepted
+				values, see |bufname()|. If not specified,
+				then the specified sign is removed from all
+				the buffers.
+		    group	sign group name. If not specified or set to an
+				empty string, then the global sign group is
+				used. If set to '*', then all the groups
+				including the global group are used.
+		    id		sign identifier. If not specified, then all
+				the signs in the specified group are removed.
+
+		Returns a List where an entry is set to 0 if the corresponding
+		sign was successfully removed or -1 on failure.
+
+		Example: >
+			" Remove sign with id 10 from buffer a.vim and sign
+			" with id 20 from buffer b.vim
+			call sign_unplacelist([
+				\ {'id' : 10, 'buffer' : "a.vim"},
+				\ {'id' : 20, 'buffer' : 'b.vim'},
+				\ ])
+<
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetSignlist()->sign_unplacelist()
+<
+
  vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/spell.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 05
+*spell.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Aug 16
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -121,6 +121,23 @@ zuG			Undo |zW| and |zG|, remove the word from the internal
 :spellw[rong]! {word}	Add {word} as a wrong (bad) word to the internal word
 			list, like with |zW|.
 
+							*:spellra* *:spellrare*
+:[count]spellr[are] {word}
+			Add {word} as a rare word to 'spellfile', similar to
+			|zw|.  Without count the first name is used, with
+			a count of two the second entry, etc.
+
+			There are no normal mode commands to mark words as
+			rare as this is a fairly uncommon command and all
+			intuitive commands for this are already taken. If you
+			want you can add mappings with e.g.: >
+		nnoremap z?  :exe ':spellrare  ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+		nnoremap z/  :exe ':spellrare! ' . expand('<cWORD>')<CR>
+<			|:spellundo|, |zuw|, or |zuW| can be used to undo this.
+
+:spellr[rare]! {word}	Add {word} as a rare word to the internal word
+			list, similar to |zW|.
+
 :[count]spellu[ndo] {word}				*:spellu* *:spellundo*
 			Like |zuw|.  [count] used as with |:spellgood|.
 

runtime/doc/starting.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*starting.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 30
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -152,8 +152,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 		This can be used to find out where time is spent while loading
 		your .vimrc, plugins and opening the first file.
 		When {fname} already exists new messages are appended.
-		(Only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
-		feature).
+		{only available when compiled with the |+startuptime|
+		feature}
 
 							*--literal*
 --literal	Take file names literally, don't expand wildcards.  Not needed
@@ -311,10 +311,10 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 -l		Lisp mode.  Sets the 'lisp' and 'showmatch' options on.
 
 							*-A*
--A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  (Only when
+-A		Arabic mode.  Sets the 'arabic' option on.  {only when
 		compiled with the |+arabic| features (which include
 		|+rightleft|), otherwise Vim gives an error message
-		and exits.)
+		and exits}
 
 							*-F*
 -F		This was used for Farsi mode, which has been removed.
@@ -322,8 +322,8 @@ a slash.  Thus "-R" means recovery and "-/R" readonly.
 
 							*-H*
 -H		Hebrew mode.  Sets the 'hkmap' and 'rightleft' options on.
-		(Only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
-		Vim gives an error message and exits.)
+		{only when compiled with the |+rightleft| feature, otherwise
+		Vim gives an error message and exits}
 
 							*-V* *verbose*
 -V[N]		Verbose.  Sets the 'verbose' option to [N] (default: 10).
@@ -1189,6 +1189,8 @@ greps in the help files) you might be able to use this: >
 
 	VIMRUNTIME=`vim -e -T dumb --cmd 'exe "set t_cm=\<C-M>"|echo $VIMRUNTIME|quit' | tr -d '\015' `
 
+Don't set $VIMRUNTIME to an empty value, some things may stop working.
+
 ==============================================================================
 6. Suspending						*suspend*
 

runtime/doc/syntax.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 13
+*syntax.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -60,8 +60,8 @@ If the VIM environment variable is not set, Vim will try to find
 the path in another way (see |$VIMRUNTIME|).  Usually this works just
 fine.  If it doesn't, try setting the VIM environment variable to the
 directory where the Vim stuff is located.  For example, if your syntax files
-are in the "/usr/vim/vim50/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
-"/usr/vim/vim50".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
+are in the "/usr/vim/vim81/syntax" directory, set $VIMRUNTIME to
+"/usr/vim/vim81".  You must do this in the shell, before starting Vim.
 This command also sources the |menu.vim| script when the GUI is running or
 will start soon.  See |'go-M'| about avoiding that.
 
@@ -1158,6 +1158,26 @@ startup vimrc: >
    :let filetype_w = "cweb"
 
 
+DART						*dart.vim* *ft-dart-syntax*
+
+Dart is an object-oriented, typed, class defined, garbage collected language
+used for developing mobile, desktop, web, and back-end applications.  Dart uses
+a C-like syntax derived from C, Java, and JavaScript, with features adopted
+from Smalltalk, Python, Ruby, and others.
+
+More information about the language and its development environment at the
+official Dart language website at https://dart.dev
+
+dart.vim syntax detects and highlights Dart statements, reserved words,
+type declarations, storage classes, conditionals, loops, interpolated values,
+and comments.  There is no support idioms from Flutter or any other Dart
+framework.
+
+Changes, fixes?  Submit an issue or pull request via:
+
+https://github.com/pr3d4t0r/dart-vim-syntax/
+
+
 DESKTOP					   *desktop.vim* *ft-desktop-syntax*
 
 Primary goal of this syntax file is to highlight .desktop and .directory files
@@ -1746,7 +1766,7 @@ There are several html preprocessor languages out there.  html.vim has been
 written such that it should be trivial to include it.  To do so add the
 following two lines to the syntax coloring file for that language
 (the example comes from the asp.vim file):
-
+>
     runtime! syntax/html.vim
     syn cluster htmlPreproc add=asp
 
@@ -1923,6 +1943,16 @@ displayed line.  The default value is 10.  The disadvantage of using a larger
 number is that redrawing can become slow.
 
 
+JSON						*json.vim* *ft-json-syntax*
+
+The json syntax file provides syntax highlighting with conceal support by
+default. To disable concealment: >
+	let g:vim_json_conceal = 0
+
+To disable syntax highlighting of errors: >
+	let g:vim_json_warnings = 0
+
+
 LACE						*lace.vim* *ft-lace-syntax*
 
 Lace (Language for Assembly of Classes in Eiffel) is case insensitive, but the
@@ -2623,7 +2653,6 @@ preceding last option and unsetting all other ones): >
 Note: only existence of these options matter, not their value. You can replace
       1 above with anything.
 
-
 QUAKE						*quake.vim* *ft-quake-syntax*
 
 The Quake syntax definition should work for most any FPS (First Person
@@ -5042,8 +5071,15 @@ IncSearch	'incsearch' highlighting; also used for the text replaced with
 							*hl-LineNr*
 LineNr		Line number for ":number" and ":#" commands, and when 'number'
 		or 'relativenumber' option is set.
+							*hl-LineNrAbove*
+LineNrAbove	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, above the cursor line.
+							*hl-LineNrBelow*
+LineNrBelow	Line number for when the 'relativenumber'
+		option is set, below the cursor line.
 							*hl-CursorLineNr*
-CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' or 'relativenumber' is set for
+CursorLineNr	Like LineNr when 'cursorline' is set and 'cursorlineopt' is
+		set to "number" or "both", or 'relativenumber' is set, for
 		the cursor line.
 							*hl-MatchParen*
 MatchParen	The character under the cursor or just before it, if it

runtime/doc/tags

@@ -1,6 +1,7 @@
 !	change.txt	/*!*
 !!	change.txt	/*!!*
 #	pattern.txt	/*#*
+#{}	eval.txt	/*#{}*
 $	motion.txt	/*$*
 $HOME	options.txt	/*$HOME*
 $HOME-use	version5.txt	/*$HOME-use*
@@ -149,6 +150,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'complete'	options.txt	/*'complete'*
 'completefunc'	options.txt	/*'completefunc'*
 'completeopt'	options.txt	/*'completeopt'*
+'completepopup'	options.txt	/*'completepopup'*
+'completeslash'	options.txt	/*'completeslash'*
 'concealcursor'	options.txt	/*'concealcursor'*
 'conceallevel'	options.txt	/*'conceallevel'*
 'confirm'	options.txt	/*'confirm'*
@@ -159,6 +162,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cp'	options.txt	/*'cp'*
 'cpo'	options.txt	/*'cpo'*
 'cpoptions'	options.txt	/*'cpoptions'*
+'cpp'	options.txt	/*'cpp'*
 'cpt'	options.txt	/*'cpt'*
 'crb'	options.txt	/*'crb'*
 'cryptmethod'	options.txt	/*'cryptmethod'*
@@ -169,6 +173,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'cscopetag'	options.txt	/*'cscopetag'*
 'cscopetagorder'	options.txt	/*'cscopetagorder'*
 'cscopeverbose'	options.txt	/*'cscopeverbose'*
+'csl'	options.txt	/*'csl'*
 'cspc'	options.txt	/*'cspc'*
 'csprg'	options.txt	/*'csprg'*
 'csqf'	options.txt	/*'csqf'*
@@ -178,9 +183,11 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'csverb'	options.txt	/*'csverb'*
 'cuc'	options.txt	/*'cuc'*
 'cul'	options.txt	/*'cul'*
+'culopt'	options.txt	/*'culopt'*
 'cursorbind'	options.txt	/*'cursorbind'*
 'cursorcolumn'	options.txt	/*'cursorcolumn'*
 'cursorline'	options.txt	/*'cursorline'*
+'cursorlineopt'	options.txt	/*'cursorlineopt'*
 'cwh'	options.txt	/*'cwh'*
 'debug'	options.txt	/*'debug'*
 'deco'	options.txt	/*'deco'*
@@ -305,6 +312,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'go-a'	options.txt	/*'go-a'*
 'go-b'	options.txt	/*'go-b'*
 'go-c'	options.txt	/*'go-c'*
+'go-d'	options.txt	/*'go-d'*
 'go-e'	options.txt	/*'go-e'*
 'go-f'	options.txt	/*'go-f'*
 'go-g'	options.txt	/*'go-g'*
@@ -775,6 +783,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pp'	options.txt	/*'pp'*
 'preserveindent'	options.txt	/*'preserveindent'*
 'previewheight'	options.txt	/*'previewheight'*
+'previewpopup'	options.txt	/*'previewpopup'*
 'previewwindow'	options.txt	/*'previewwindow'*
 'printdevice'	options.txt	/*'printdevice'*
 'printencoding'	options.txt	/*'printencoding'*
@@ -789,6 +798,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 'pumheight'	options.txt	/*'pumheight'*
 'pumwidth'	options.txt	/*'pumwidth'*
 'pvh'	options.txt	/*'pvh'*
+'pvp'	options.txt	/*'pvp'*
 'pvw'	options.txt	/*'pvw'*
 'pw'	options.txt	/*'pw'*
 'pythondll'	options.txt	/*'pythondll'*
@@ -1006,6 +1016,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 't_Sb'	term.txt	/*'t_Sb'*
 't_Sf'	term.txt	/*'t_Sf'*
 't_Si'	term.txt	/*'t_Si'*
+'t_TE'	term.txt	/*'t_TE'*
+'t_TI'	term.txt	/*'t_TI'*
 't_Te'	term.txt	/*'t_Te'*
 't_Ts'	term.txt	/*'t_Ts'*
 't_VS'	term.txt	/*'t_VS'*
@@ -1262,6 +1274,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 +cindent	various.txt	/*+cindent*
 +clientserver	various.txt	/*+clientserver*
 +clipboard	various.txt	/*+clipboard*
++clipboard_working	various.txt	/*+clipboard_working*
 +cmd	editing.txt	/*+cmd*
 +cmdline_compl	various.txt	/*+cmdline_compl*
 +cmdline_hist	various.txt	/*+cmdline_hist*
@@ -1430,6 +1443,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 --ttyfail	starting.txt	/*--ttyfail*
 --version	starting.txt	/*--version*
 --windowid	starting.txt	/*--windowid*
+->	eval.txt	/*->*
 -?	starting.txt	/*-?*
 -A	starting.txt	/*-A*
 -C	starting.txt	/*-C*
@@ -2378,6 +2392,7 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :ene!	editing.txt	/*:ene!*
 :enew	editing.txt	/*:enew*
 :enew!	editing.txt	/*:enew!*
+:eval	eval.txt	/*:eval*
 :ex	editing.txt	/*:ex*
 :exe	eval.txt	/*:exe*
 :exe-comment	eval.txt	/*:exe-comment*
@@ -3088,6 +3103,8 @@ $VIM_POSIX	vi_diff.txt	/*$VIM_POSIX*
 :spelli	spell.txt	/*:spelli*
 :spellinfo	spell.txt	/*:spellinfo*
 :spellr	spell.txt	/*:spellr*
+:spellra	spell.txt	/*:spellra*
+:spellrare	spell.txt	/*:spellrare*
 :spellrepall	spell.txt	/*:spellrepall*
 :spellu	spell.txt	/*:spellu*
 :spellundo	spell.txt	/*:spellundo*
@@ -3876,7 +3893,6 @@ E136	starting.txt	/*E136*
 E137	starting.txt	/*E137*
 E138	starting.txt	/*E138*
 E139	message.txt	/*E139*
-E14	cmdline.txt	/*E14*
 E140	message.txt	/*E140*
 E141	message.txt	/*E141*
 E142	message.txt	/*E142*
@@ -3912,6 +3928,7 @@ E169	message.txt	/*E169*
 E17	message.txt	/*E17*
 E170	eval.txt	/*E170*
 E171	eval.txt	/*E171*
+E172	eval.txt	/*E172*
 E173	message.txt	/*E173*
 E174	map.txt	/*E174*
 E175	map.txt	/*E175*
@@ -3965,6 +3982,7 @@ E218	autocmd.txt	/*E218*
 E219	message.txt	/*E219*
 E22	message.txt	/*E22*
 E220	message.txt	/*E220*
+E221	eval.txt	/*E221*
 E222	message.txt	/*E222*
 E223	options.txt	/*E223*
 E224	map.txt	/*E224*
@@ -3987,12 +4005,14 @@ E239	sign.txt	/*E239*
 E24	message.txt	/*E24*
 E240	remote.txt	/*E240*
 E241	eval.txt	/*E241*
+E242	windows.txt	/*E242*
 E243	if_ole.txt	/*E243*
 E244	gui.txt	/*E244*
 E245	gui.txt	/*E245*
 E246	autocmd.txt	/*E246*
 E247	remote.txt	/*E247*
 E248	remote.txt	/*E248*
+E249	windows.txt	/*E249*
 E25	message.txt	/*E25*
 E250	options.txt	/*E250*
 E251	remote.txt	/*E251*
@@ -4019,7 +4039,11 @@ E270	if_ruby.txt	/*E270*
 E271	if_ruby.txt	/*E271*
 E272	if_ruby.txt	/*E272*
 E273	if_ruby.txt	/*E273*
+E274	eval.txt	/*E274*
+E275	textprop.txt	/*E275*
+E276	eval.txt	/*E276*
 E277	remote.txt	/*E277*
+E278	popup.txt	/*E278*
 E28	syntax.txt	/*E28*
 E280	if_tcl.txt	/*E280*
 E282	starting.txt	/*E282*
@@ -4681,12 +4705,12 @@ E909	eval.txt	/*E909*
 E91	options.txt	/*E91*
 E910	eval.txt	/*E910*
 E911	eval.txt	/*E911*
-E912	eval.txt	/*E912*
+E912	channel.txt	/*E912*
 E913	eval.txt	/*E913*
 E914	eval.txt	/*E914*
 E915	channel.txt	/*E915*
-E916	eval.txt	/*E916*
-E917	eval.txt	/*E917*
+E916	channel.txt	/*E916*
+E917	channel.txt	/*E917*
 E918	channel.txt	/*E918*
 E919	repeat.txt	/*E919*
 E92	message.txt	/*E92*
@@ -4732,19 +4756,20 @@ E955	terminal.txt	/*E955*
 E956	pattern.txt	/*E956*
 E957	eval.txt	/*E957*
 E958	terminal.txt	/*E958*
+E959	diff.txt	/*E959*
 E96	diff.txt	/*E96*
 E960	options.txt	/*E960*
 E961	cmdline.txt	/*E961*
 E962	eval.txt	/*E962*
 E963	eval.txt	/*E963*
-E964	eval.txt	/*E964*
-E965	eval.txt	/*E965*
-E966	eval.txt	/*E966*
+E964	textprop.txt	/*E964*
+E965	textprop.txt	/*E965*
+E966	textprop.txt	/*E966*
 E967	textprop.txt	/*E967*
-E968	eval.txt	/*E968*
-E969	eval.txt	/*E969*
+E968	textprop.txt	/*E968*
+E969	textprop.txt	/*E969*
 E97	diff.txt	/*E97*
-E970	eval.txt	/*E970*
+E970	textprop.txt	/*E970*
 E971	textprop.txt	/*E971*
 E972	eval.txt	/*E972*
 E973	eval.txt	/*E973*
@@ -4906,6 +4931,8 @@ P	change.txt	/*P*
 PATHEXT	eval.txt	/*PATHEXT*
 PEP8	filetype.txt	/*PEP8*
 PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel	indent.txt	/*PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel*
+PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters*
+PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters	indent.txt	/*PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters*
 PHP_autoformatcomment	indent.txt	/*PHP_autoformatcomment*
 PHP_default_indenting	indent.txt	/*PHP_default_indenting*
 PHP_noArrowMatching	indent.txt	/*PHP_noArrowMatching*
@@ -4980,6 +5007,8 @@ S	change.txt	/*S*
 SHELL	starting.txt	/*SHELL*
 SQLGetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLGetType*
 SQLSetType	ft_sql.txt	/*SQLSetType*
+SafeState	autocmd.txt	/*SafeState*
+SafeStateAgain	autocmd.txt	/*SafeStateAgain*
 Select	visual.txt	/*Select*
 Select-mode	visual.txt	/*Select-mode*
 Select-mode-mapping	visual.txt	/*Select-mode-mapping*
@@ -5021,6 +5050,7 @@ Terminal-Job	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Job*
 Terminal-Normal	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-Normal*
 Terminal-mode	terminal.txt	/*Terminal-mode*
 TerminalOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalOpen*
+TerminalWinOpen	autocmd.txt	/*TerminalWinOpen*
 TextChanged	autocmd.txt	/*TextChanged*
 TextChangedI	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedI*
 TextChangedP	autocmd.txt	/*TextChangedP*
@@ -5284,24 +5314,26 @@ arglist-quit	usr_07.txt	/*arglist-quit*
 arglistid()	eval.txt	/*arglistid()*
 argument-list	editing.txt	/*argument-list*
 argv()	eval.txt	/*argv()*
+argv-variable	eval.txt	/*argv-variable*
 as	motion.txt	/*as*
 asin()	eval.txt	/*asin()*
 asm.vim	syntax.txt	/*asm.vim*
 asm68k	syntax.txt	/*asm68k*
 asmh8300.vim	syntax.txt	/*asmh8300.vim*
+assert-functions-details	testing.txt	/*assert-functions-details*
 assert-return	eval.txt	/*assert-return*
-assert_beeps()	eval.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
-assert_equal()	eval.txt	/*assert_equal()*
-assert_equalfile()	eval.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
-assert_exception()	eval.txt	/*assert_exception()*
-assert_fails()	eval.txt	/*assert_fails()*
-assert_false()	eval.txt	/*assert_false()*
-assert_inrange()	eval.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
-assert_match()	eval.txt	/*assert_match()*
-assert_notequal()	eval.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
-assert_notmatch()	eval.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
-assert_report()	eval.txt	/*assert_report()*
-assert_true()	eval.txt	/*assert_true()*
+assert_beeps()	testing.txt	/*assert_beeps()*
+assert_equal()	testing.txt	/*assert_equal()*
+assert_equalfile()	testing.txt	/*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_exception()	testing.txt	/*assert_exception()*
+assert_fails()	testing.txt	/*assert_fails()*
+assert_false()	testing.txt	/*assert_false()*
+assert_inrange()	testing.txt	/*assert_inrange()*
+assert_match()	testing.txt	/*assert_match()*
+assert_notequal()	testing.txt	/*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notmatch()	testing.txt	/*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_report()	testing.txt	/*assert_report()*
+assert_true()	testing.txt	/*assert_true()*
 at	motion.txt	/*at*
 atan()	eval.txt	/*atan()*
 atan2()	eval.txt	/*atan2()*
@@ -5572,24 +5604,24 @@ cc	change.txt	/*cc*
 ceil()	eval.txt	/*ceil()*
 cfilter-plugin	quickfix.txt	/*cfilter-plugin*
 ch.vim	syntax.txt	/*ch.vim*
-ch_canread()	eval.txt	/*ch_canread()*
-ch_close()	eval.txt	/*ch_close()*
-ch_close_in()	eval.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
-ch_evalexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
-ch_evalraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
-ch_getbufnr()	eval.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
-ch_getjob()	eval.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
-ch_info()	eval.txt	/*ch_info()*
-ch_log()	eval.txt	/*ch_log()*
-ch_logfile()	eval.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
-ch_open()	eval.txt	/*ch_open()*
-ch_read()	eval.txt	/*ch_read()*
-ch_readblob()	eval.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
-ch_readraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
-ch_sendexpr()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
-ch_sendraw()	eval.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
-ch_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
-ch_status()	eval.txt	/*ch_status()*
+ch_canread()	channel.txt	/*ch_canread()*
+ch_close()	channel.txt	/*ch_close()*
+ch_close_in()	channel.txt	/*ch_close_in()*
+ch_evalexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalexpr()*
+ch_evalraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_evalraw()*
+ch_getbufnr()	channel.txt	/*ch_getbufnr()*
+ch_getjob()	channel.txt	/*ch_getjob()*
+ch_info()	channel.txt	/*ch_info()*
+ch_log()	channel.txt	/*ch_log()*
+ch_logfile()	channel.txt	/*ch_logfile()*
+ch_open()	channel.txt	/*ch_open()*
+ch_read()	channel.txt	/*ch_read()*
+ch_readblob()	channel.txt	/*ch_readblob()*
+ch_readraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_readraw()*
+ch_sendexpr()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendexpr()*
+ch_sendraw()	channel.txt	/*ch_sendraw()*
+ch_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*ch_setoptions()*
+ch_status()	channel.txt	/*ch_status()*
 change-list-jumps	motion.txt	/*change-list-jumps*
 change-name	tips.txt	/*change-name*
 change-tabs	change.txt	/*change-tabs*
@@ -5624,6 +5656,7 @@ channel-commands	channel.txt	/*channel-commands*
 channel-demo	channel.txt	/*channel-demo*
 channel-drop	channel.txt	/*channel-drop*
 channel-functions	usr_41.txt	/*channel-functions*
+channel-functions-details	channel.txt	/*channel-functions-details*
 channel-mode	channel.txt	/*channel-mode*
 channel-more	channel.txt	/*channel-more*
 channel-noblock	channel.txt	/*channel-noblock*
@@ -5759,7 +5792,10 @@ compl-vim	insert.txt	/*compl-vim*
 compl-whole-line	insert.txt	/*compl-whole-line*
 complete()	eval.txt	/*complete()*
 complete-functions	insert.txt	/*complete-functions*
+complete-item-kind	insert.txt	/*complete-item-kind*
 complete-items	insert.txt	/*complete-items*
+complete-popup	insert.txt	/*complete-popup*
+complete-popuphidden	insert.txt	/*complete-popuphidden*
 complete_CTRL-E	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-E*
 complete_CTRL-Y	insert.txt	/*complete_CTRL-Y*
 complete_add()	eval.txt	/*complete_add()*
@@ -5919,6 +5955,7 @@ daB	motion.txt	/*daB*
 daW	motion.txt	/*daW*
 dab	motion.txt	/*dab*
 dap	motion.txt	/*dap*
+dart.vim	syntax.txt	/*dart.vim*
 das	motion.txt	/*das*
 date-functions	usr_41.txt	/*date-functions*
 dav	pi_netrw.txt	/*dav*
@@ -6048,6 +6085,7 @@ dtd2vim	insert.txt	/*dtd2vim*
 dying-variable	eval.txt	/*dying-variable*
 e	motion.txt	/*e*
 easy	starting.txt	/*easy*
+echospace-variable	eval.txt	/*echospace-variable*
 edit-a-file	editing.txt	/*edit-a-file*
 edit-binary	editing.txt	/*edit-binary*
 edit-dialogs	editing.txt	/*edit-dialogs*
@@ -6369,6 +6407,7 @@ ft-csh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-csh-syntax*
 ft-css-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-css-omni*
 ft-cweb-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cweb-syntax*
 ft-cynlib-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-cynlib-syntax*
+ft-dart-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dart-syntax*
 ft-dash-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dash-syntax*
 ft-desktop-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-desktop-syntax*
 ft-dircolors-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-dircolors-syntax*
@@ -6398,6 +6437,7 @@ ft-ia64-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ia64-syntax*
 ft-inform-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-inform-syntax*
 ft-java-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-java-syntax*
 ft-javascript-omni	insert.txt	/*ft-javascript-omni*
+ft-json-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-json-syntax*
 ft-ksh-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ksh-syntax*
 ft-lace-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lace-syntax*
 ft-lex-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-lex-syntax*
@@ -6440,6 +6480,7 @@ ft-ptcap-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-ptcap-syntax*
 ft-python-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-python-indent*
 ft-python-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-python-plugin*
 ft-python-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-python-syntax*
+ft-qf-plugin	filetype.txt	/*ft-qf-plugin*
 ft-quake-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-quake-syntax*
 ft-r-indent	indent.txt	/*ft-r-indent*
 ft-r-syntax	syntax.txt	/*ft-r-syntax*
@@ -6774,6 +6815,7 @@ gF	editing.txt	/*gF*
 gH	visual.txt	/*gH*
 gI	insert.txt	/*gI*
 gJ	change.txt	/*gJ*
+gM	motion.txt	/*gM*
 gN	visual.txt	/*gN*
 gP	change.txt	/*gP*
 gQ	intro.txt	/*gQ*
@@ -6820,6 +6862,7 @@ getfperm()	eval.txt	/*getfperm()*
 getfsize()	eval.txt	/*getfsize()*
 getftime()	eval.txt	/*getftime()*
 getftype()	eval.txt	/*getftype()*
+getimstatus()	eval.txt	/*getimstatus()*
 getjumplist()	eval.txt	/*getjumplist()*
 getlatestvimscripts-install	pi_getscript.txt	/*getlatestvimscripts-install*
 getline()	eval.txt	/*getline()*
@@ -7058,6 +7101,8 @@ hl-Folded	syntax.txt	/*hl-Folded*
 hl-Ignore	syntax.txt	/*hl-Ignore*
 hl-IncSearch	syntax.txt	/*hl-IncSearch*
 hl-LineNr	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNr*
+hl-LineNrAbove	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrAbove*
+hl-LineNrBelow	syntax.txt	/*hl-LineNrBelow*
 hl-MatchParen	syntax.txt	/*hl-MatchParen*
 hl-Menu	syntax.txt	/*hl-Menu*
 hl-ModeMsg	syntax.txt	/*hl-ModeMsg*
@@ -7260,6 +7305,7 @@ if_ruby.txt	if_ruby.txt	/*if_ruby.txt*
 if_sniff.txt	if_sniff.txt	/*if_sniff.txt*
 if_tcl.txt	if_tcl.txt	/*if_tcl.txt*
 ignore-errors	eval.txt	/*ignore-errors*
+ignore-timestamp	editing.txt	/*ignore-timestamp*
 improved-autocmds-5.4	version5.txt	/*improved-autocmds-5.4*
 improved-quickfix	version5.txt	/*improved-quickfix*
 improved-sessions	version5.txt	/*improved-sessions*
@@ -7360,6 +7406,7 @@ job-err_cb	channel.txt	/*job-err_cb*
 job-err_io	channel.txt	/*job-err_io*
 job-exit_cb	channel.txt	/*job-exit_cb*
 job-functions	usr_41.txt	/*job-functions*
+job-functions-details	channel.txt	/*job-functions-details*
 job-in_io	channel.txt	/*job-in_io*
 job-noblock	channel.txt	/*job-noblock*
 job-options	channel.txt	/*job-options*
@@ -7371,16 +7418,17 @@ job-start-nochannel	channel.txt	/*job-start-nochannel*
 job-stoponexit	channel.txt	/*job-stoponexit*
 job-term	channel.txt	/*job-term*
 job-timeout	channel.txt	/*job-timeout*
-job_getchannel()	eval.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
-job_info()	eval.txt	/*job_info()*
-job_setoptions()	eval.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
-job_start()	eval.txt	/*job_start()*
-job_status()	eval.txt	/*job_status()*
-job_stop()	eval.txt	/*job_stop()*
+job_getchannel()	channel.txt	/*job_getchannel()*
+job_info()	channel.txt	/*job_info()*
+job_setoptions()	channel.txt	/*job_setoptions()*
+job_start()	channel.txt	/*job_start()*
+job_status()	channel.txt	/*job_status()*
+job_stop()	channel.txt	/*job_stop()*
 join()	eval.txt	/*join()*
 js_decode()	eval.txt	/*js_decode()*
 js_encode()	eval.txt	/*js_encode()*
 jsbterm-mouse	options.txt	/*jsbterm-mouse*
+json.vim	syntax.txt	/*json.vim*
 json_decode()	eval.txt	/*json_decode()*
 json_encode()	eval.txt	/*json_encode()*
 jtags	tagsrch.txt	/*jtags*
@@ -7638,6 +7686,7 @@ message-history	message.txt	/*message-history*
 message.txt	message.txt	/*message.txt*
 messages	message.txt	/*messages*
 meta	intro.txt	/*meta*
+method	eval.txt	/*method*
 min()	eval.txt	/*min()*
 missing-options	vi_diff.txt	/*missing-options*
 mkdir()	eval.txt	/*mkdir()*
@@ -7654,6 +7703,7 @@ modeless-selection	gui.txt	/*modeless-selection*
 modeline	options.txt	/*modeline*
 modeline-local	options.txt	/*modeline-local*
 modeline-version	options.txt	/*modeline-version*
+modifyOtherKeys	map.txt	/*modifyOtherKeys*
 moo.vim	syntax.txt	/*moo.vim*
 more-compatible	version5.txt	/*more-compatible*
 more-prompt	message.txt	/*more-prompt*
@@ -8033,7 +8083,7 @@ new-search-path	version6.txt	/*new-search-path*
 new-searchpat	version6.txt	/*new-searchpat*
 new-session-files	version5.txt	/*new-session-files*
 new-spell	version7.txt	/*new-spell*
-new-style-testing	eval.txt	/*new-style-testing*
+new-style-testing	testing.txt	/*new-style-testing*
 new-tab-pages	version7.txt	/*new-tab-pages*
 new-terminal-window	version8.txt	/*new-terminal-window*
 new-undo-branches	version7.txt	/*new-undo-branches*
@@ -8049,7 +8099,6 @@ new-vimgrep	version7.txt	/*new-vimgrep*
 new-virtedit	version6.txt	/*new-virtedit*
 news	intro.txt	/*news*
 nextnonblank()	eval.txt	/*nextnonblank()*
-nice	todo.txt	/*nice*
 no-eval-feature	eval.txt	/*no-eval-feature*
 no-type-checking	eval.txt	/*no-type-checking*
 no_buffers_menu	gui.txt	/*no_buffers_menu*
@@ -8081,7 +8130,7 @@ ocaml.vim	syntax.txt	/*ocaml.vim*
 octal	eval.txt	/*octal*
 octal-nrformats	options.txt	/*octal-nrformats*
 octal-number	eval.txt	/*octal-number*
-old-style-testing	eval.txt	/*old-style-testing*
+old-style-testing	testing.txt	/*old-style-testing*
 oldfiles-variable	eval.txt	/*oldfiles-variable*
 ole-activation	if_ole.txt	/*ole-activation*
 ole-eval	if_ole.txt	/*ole-eval*
@@ -8228,15 +8277,18 @@ popup-callback	popup.txt	/*popup-callback*
 popup-close	popup.txt	/*popup-close*
 popup-examples	popup.txt	/*popup-examples*
 popup-filter	popup.txt	/*popup-filter*
+popup-filter-mode	popup.txt	/*popup-filter-mode*
 popup-function-details	popup.txt	/*popup-function-details*
 popup-functions	popup.txt	/*popup-functions*
 popup-intro	popup.txt	/*popup-intro*
+popup-mapping	popup.txt	/*popup-mapping*
 popup-mask	popup.txt	/*popup-mask*
 popup-menu	gui.txt	/*popup-menu*
 popup-menu-added	version5.txt	/*popup-menu-added*
 popup-position	popup.txt	/*popup-position*
 popup-props	popup.txt	/*popup-props*
 popup-scrollbar	popup.txt	/*popup-scrollbar*
+popup-textprop-pos	popup.txt	/*popup-textprop-pos*
 popup-usage	popup.txt	/*popup-usage*
 popup-window	popup.txt	/*popup-window*
 popup-window-functions	usr_41.txt	/*popup-window-functions*
@@ -8252,6 +8304,8 @@ popup_dialog()	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog()*
 popup_dialog-example	popup.txt	/*popup_dialog-example*
 popup_filter_menu()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_menu()*
 popup_filter_yesno()	popup.txt	/*popup_filter_yesno()*
+popup_findinfo()	popup.txt	/*popup_findinfo()*
+popup_findpreview()	popup.txt	/*popup_findpreview()*
 popup_getoptions()	popup.txt	/*popup_getoptions()*
 popup_getpos()	popup.txt	/*popup_getpos()*
 popup_hide()	popup.txt	/*popup_hide()*
@@ -8282,6 +8336,7 @@ ppwiz.vim	syntax.txt	/*ppwiz.vim*
 press-enter	message.txt	/*press-enter*
 press-return	message.txt	/*press-return*
 prevcount-variable	eval.txt	/*prevcount-variable*
+preview-popup	windows.txt	/*preview-popup*
 preview-window	windows.txt	/*preview-window*
 prevnonblank()	eval.txt	/*prevnonblank()*
 print-intro	print.txt	/*print-intro*
@@ -8317,19 +8372,20 @@ prompt_setinterrupt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setinterrupt()*
 prompt_setprompt()	eval.txt	/*prompt_setprompt()*
 promptbuffer-functions	usr_41.txt	/*promptbuffer-functions*
 pronounce	intro.txt	/*pronounce*
-prop_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_add()*
-prop_clear()	eval.txt	/*prop_clear()*
-prop_find()	eval.txt	/*prop_find()*
-prop_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_list()*
-prop_remove()	eval.txt	/*prop_remove()*
-prop_type_add()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
-prop_type_change()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
-prop_type_delete()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
-prop_type_get()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
-prop_type_list()	eval.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
+prop_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_add()*
+prop_clear()	textprop.txt	/*prop_clear()*
+prop_find()	textprop.txt	/*prop_find()*
+prop_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_list()*
+prop_remove()	textprop.txt	/*prop_remove()*
+prop_type_add()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_add()*
+prop_type_change()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_change()*
+prop_type_delete()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_delete()*
+prop_type_get()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_get()*
+prop_type_list()	textprop.txt	/*prop_type_list()*
 psql	ft_sql.txt	/*psql*
 ptcap.vim	syntax.txt	/*ptcap.vim*
 pterm-mouse	options.txt	/*pterm-mouse*
+pum_getpos()	eval.txt	/*pum_getpos()*
 pumvisible()	eval.txt	/*pumvisible()*
 put	change.txt	/*put*
 put-Visual-mode	change.txt	/*put-Visual-mode*
@@ -8387,6 +8443,7 @@ q	repeat.txt	/*q*
 q/	cmdline.txt	/*q\/*
 q:	cmdline.txt	/*q:*
 q?	cmdline.txt	/*q?*
+qf.vim	filetype.txt	/*qf.vim*
 qnx	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx*
 qnx-compiling	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-compiling*
 qnx-general	os_qnx.txt	/*qnx-general*
@@ -8607,6 +8664,7 @@ scriptversion	eval.txt	/*scriptversion*
 scriptversion-1	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-1*
 scriptversion-2	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-2*
 scriptversion-3	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-3*
+scriptversion-4	eval.txt	/*scriptversion-4*
 scroll-binding	scroll.txt	/*scroll-binding*
 scroll-cursor	scroll.txt	/*scroll-cursor*
 scroll-down	scroll.txt	/*scroll-down*
@@ -8687,21 +8745,22 @@ showing-menus	gui.txt	/*showing-menus*
 sign-column	sign.txt	/*sign-column*
 sign-commands	sign.txt	/*sign-commands*
 sign-functions	usr_41.txt	/*sign-functions*
+sign-functions-details	sign.txt	/*sign-functions-details*
 sign-group	sign.txt	/*sign-group*
 sign-identifier	sign.txt	/*sign-identifier*
 sign-intro	sign.txt	/*sign-intro*
 sign-priority	sign.txt	/*sign-priority*
 sign-support	sign.txt	/*sign-support*
 sign.txt	sign.txt	/*sign.txt*
-sign_define()	eval.txt	/*sign_define()*
-sign_getdefined()	eval.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
-sign_getplaced()	eval.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
-sign_jump()	eval.txt	/*sign_jump()*
-sign_place()	eval.txt	/*sign_place()*
-sign_placelist()	eval.txt	/*sign_placelist()*
-sign_undefine()	eval.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
-sign_unplace()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
-sign_unplacelist()	eval.txt	/*sign_unplacelist()*
+sign_define()	sign.txt	/*sign_define()*
+sign_getdefined()	sign.txt	/*sign_getdefined()*
+sign_getplaced()	sign.txt	/*sign_getplaced()*
+sign_jump()	sign.txt	/*sign_jump()*
+sign_place()	sign.txt	/*sign_place()*
+sign_placelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_placelist()*
+sign_undefine()	sign.txt	/*sign_undefine()*
+sign_unplace()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplace()*
+sign_unplacelist()	sign.txt	/*sign_unplacelist()*
 signs	sign.txt	/*signs*
 simple-change	change.txt	/*simple-change*
 simplify()	eval.txt	/*simplify()*
@@ -8885,6 +8944,7 @@ starting.txt	starting.txt	/*starting.txt*
 startup	starting.txt	/*startup*
 startup-options	starting.txt	/*startup-options*
 startup-terminal	term.txt	/*startup-terminal*
+state()	eval.txt	/*state()*
 static-tag	tagsrch.txt	/*static-tag*
 status-line	windows.txt	/*status-line*
 statusmsg-variable	eval.txt	/*statusmsg-variable*
@@ -9055,6 +9115,8 @@ t_ST	term.txt	/*t_ST*
 t_Sb	term.txt	/*t_Sb*
 t_Sf	term.txt	/*t_Sf*
 t_Si	term.txt	/*t_Si*
+t_TE	term.txt	/*t_TE*
+t_TI	term.txt	/*t_TI*
 t_Te	term.txt	/*t_Te*
 t_Ts	term.txt	/*t_Ts*
 t_VS	term.txt	/*t_VS*
@@ -9295,6 +9357,7 @@ term_list()	terminal.txt	/*term_list()*
 term_scrape()	terminal.txt	/*term_scrape()*
 term_sendkeys()	terminal.txt	/*term_sendkeys()*
 term_setansicolors()	terminal.txt	/*term_setansicolors()*
+term_setapi()	terminal.txt	/*term_setapi()*
 term_setkill()	terminal.txt	/*term_setkill()*
 term_setrestore()	terminal.txt	/*term_setrestore()*
 term_setsize()	terminal.txt	/*term_setsize()*
@@ -9322,6 +9385,7 @@ termdebug_wide	terminal.txt	/*termdebug_wide*
 terminal	terminal.txt	/*terminal*
 terminal-api	terminal.txt	/*terminal-api*
 terminal-client-server	terminal.txt	/*terminal-client-server*
+terminal-close	terminal.txt	/*terminal-close*
 terminal-colors	os_unix.txt	/*terminal-colors*
 terminal-communication	terminal.txt	/*terminal-communication*
 terminal-cursor-style	terminal.txt	/*terminal-cursor-style*
@@ -9335,6 +9399,7 @@ terminal-functions	usr_41.txt	/*terminal-functions*
 terminal-info	term.txt	/*terminal-info*
 terminal-job-index	index.txt	/*terminal-job-index*
 terminal-key-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-key-codes*
+terminal-mouse	term.txt	/*terminal-mouse*
 terminal-ms-windows	terminal.txt	/*terminal-ms-windows*
 terminal-options	term.txt	/*terminal-options*
 terminal-output-codes	term.txt	/*terminal-output-codes*
@@ -9353,28 +9418,31 @@ terminal.txt	terminal.txt	/*terminal.txt*
 terminfo	term.txt	/*terminfo*
 termresponse-variable	eval.txt	/*termresponse-variable*
 test-functions	usr_41.txt	/*test-functions*
-test_alloc_fail()	eval.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
-test_autochdir()	eval.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
-test_feedinput()	eval.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
-test_garbagecollect_now()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
-test_garbagecollect_soon()	eval.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
-test_getvalue()	eval.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
-test_ignore_error()	eval.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
-test_null_blob()	eval.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
-test_null_channel()	eval.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
-test_null_dict()	eval.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
-test_null_job()	eval.txt	/*test_null_job()*
-test_null_list()	eval.txt	/*test_null_list()*
-test_null_partial()	eval.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
-test_null_string()	eval.txt	/*test_null_string()*
-test_option_not_set()	eval.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
-test_override()	eval.txt	/*test_override()*
-test_refcount()	eval.txt	/*test_refcount()*
-test_scrollbar()	eval.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
-test_setmouse()	eval.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
-test_settime()	eval.txt	/*test_settime()*
-testing	eval.txt	/*testing*
+test-functions-details	testing.txt	/*test-functions-details*
+test_alloc_fail()	testing.txt	/*test_alloc_fail()*
+test_autochdir()	testing.txt	/*test_autochdir()*
+test_feedinput()	testing.txt	/*test_feedinput()*
+test_garbagecollect_now()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_now()*
+test_garbagecollect_soon()	testing.txt	/*test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+test_getvalue()	testing.txt	/*test_getvalue()*
+test_ignore_error()	testing.txt	/*test_ignore_error()*
+test_null_blob()	testing.txt	/*test_null_blob()*
+test_null_channel()	testing.txt	/*test_null_channel()*
+test_null_dict()	testing.txt	/*test_null_dict()*
+test_null_job()	testing.txt	/*test_null_job()*
+test_null_list()	testing.txt	/*test_null_list()*
+test_null_partial()	testing.txt	/*test_null_partial()*
+test_null_string()	testing.txt	/*test_null_string()*
+test_option_not_set()	testing.txt	/*test_option_not_set()*
+test_override()	testing.txt	/*test_override()*
+test_refcount()	testing.txt	/*test_refcount()*
+test_scrollbar()	testing.txt	/*test_scrollbar()*
+test_setmouse()	testing.txt	/*test_setmouse()*
+test_settime()	testing.txt	/*test_settime()*
+testing	testing.txt	/*testing*
+testing-support	testing.txt	/*testing-support*
 testing-variable	eval.txt	/*testing-variable*
+testing.txt	testing.txt	/*testing.txt*
 tex-cchar	syntax.txt	/*tex-cchar*
 tex-cole	syntax.txt	/*tex-cole*
 tex-conceal	syntax.txt	/*tex-conceal*
@@ -9525,6 +9593,7 @@ utf-8-typing	mbyte.txt	/*utf-8-typing*
 utf8	mbyte.txt	/*utf8*
 v	visual.txt	/*v*
 v:	eval.txt	/*v:*
+v:argv	eval.txt	/*v:argv*
 v:beval_bufnr	eval.txt	/*v:beval_bufnr*
 v:beval_col	eval.txt	/*v:beval_col*
 v:beval_lnum	eval.txt	/*v:beval_lnum*
@@ -9541,6 +9610,7 @@ v:count	eval.txt	/*v:count*
 v:count1	eval.txt	/*v:count1*
 v:ctype	eval.txt	/*v:ctype*
 v:dying	eval.txt	/*v:dying*
+v:echospace	eval.txt	/*v:echospace*
 v:errmsg	eval.txt	/*v:errmsg*
 v:errors	eval.txt	/*v:errors*
 v:event	eval.txt	/*v:event*
@@ -9926,6 +9996,7 @@ win_gotoid()	eval.txt	/*win_gotoid()*
 win_id2tabwin()	eval.txt	/*win_id2tabwin()*
 win_id2win()	eval.txt	/*win_id2win()*
 win_screenpos()	eval.txt	/*win_screenpos()*
+win_splitmove()	eval.txt	/*win_splitmove()*
 winbufnr()	eval.txt	/*winbufnr()*
 wincol()	eval.txt	/*wincol()*
 window	windows.txt	/*window*
@@ -10111,6 +10182,7 @@ zz	scroll.txt	/*zz*
 {move-around}	visual.txt	/*{move-around}*
 {offset}	pattern.txt	/*{offset}*
 {pat}	autocmd.txt	/*{pat}*
+{register}	change.txt	/*{register}*
 {rhs}	map.txt	/*{rhs}*
 {subject}	helphelp.txt	/*{subject}*
 {}	intro.txt	/*{}*

runtime/doc/term.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 07
+*term.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -80,14 +80,19 @@ can do this best in your .vimrc.  Example: >
 <
 						*raw-terminal-mode*
 For normal editing the terminal will be put into "raw" mode.  The strings
-defined with 't_ti' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally this
-puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and activates
-the cursor and function keys.  When Vim exits the terminal will be put back
-into the mode it was before Vim started.  The strings defined with 't_te' and
-'t_ke' will be sent to the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute
-an external command (e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode
-for a moment.  This means that you can stop the output to the screen by
-hitting a printing key.  Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+defined with 't_ti', 't_TI' and 't_ks' will be sent to the terminal.  Normally
+this puts the terminal in a state where the termcap codes are valid and
+activates the cursor and function keys.
+When Vim exits the terminal will be put back into the mode it was before Vim
+started.  The strings defined with 't_te', 't_TE' and 't_ke' will be sent to
+the terminal.  On the Amiga, with commands that execute an external command
+(e.g., "!!"), the terminal will be put into Normal mode for a moment.  This
+means that you can stop the output to the screen by hitting a printing key.
+Output resumes when you hit <BS>.
+
+Note: When 't_ti' is not empty, Vim assumes that it causes switching to the
+alternate screen.  This may slightly change what happens when executing a
+shell command or exiting Vim.  To avoid this use 't_TI' and 't_TE'.
 
 						*xterm-bracketed-paste*
 When the 't_BE' option is set then 't_BE' will be sent to the
@@ -297,8 +302,8 @@ OUTPUT CODES						*terminal-output-codes*
 	t_se	standout end					*t_se* *'t_se'*
 	t_so	standout mode					*t_so* *'t_so'*
 	t_sr	scroll reverse (backward)			*t_sr* *'t_sr'*
-	t_te	out of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
-	t_ti	put terminal in "termcap" mode			*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
+	t_te	end of "termcap" mode				*t_te* *'t_te'*
+	t_ti	put terminal into "termcap" mode		*t_ti* *'t_ti'*
 	t_ts	set window title start (to status line)		*t_ts* *'t_ts'*
 	t_ue	underline end					*t_ue* *'t_ue'*
 	t_us	underline mode					*t_us* *'t_us'*
@@ -359,6 +364,8 @@ Added by Vim (there are no standard codes for these):
 	t_RT	restore window title from stack			*t_RT* *'t_RT'*
 	t_Si	save icon text to stack				*t_Si* *'t_Si'*
 	t_Ri	restore icon text from stack			*t_Ri* *'t_Ri'*
+	t_TE	end of "raw" mode				*t_TE* *'t_TE'*
+	t_TI	put terminal into "raw" mode 			*t_TI* *'t_TI'*
 
 Some codes have a start, middle and end part.  The start and end are defined
 by the termcap option, the middle part is text.
@@ -739,12 +746,21 @@ jump to tags).
 Whether the selection that is started with the mouse is in Visual mode or
 Select mode depends on whether "mouse" is included in the 'selectmode'
 option.
-
+							*terminal-mouse*
 In an xterm, with the currently active mode included in the 'mouse' option,
 normal mouse clicks are used by Vim, mouse clicks with the shift or ctrl key
 pressed go to the xterm.  With the currently active mode not included in
 'mouse' all mouse clicks go to the xterm.
 
+For terminals where it is not possible to have the mouse events be used by the
+terminal itself by using a modifier, a workaround is to not use mouse events
+for Vim in command-line mode: >
+	:set mouse=nvi
+Then to select text with the terminal, use ":" to go to command-line mode,
+select and copy the text to the system, then press Esc.
+
+Another way is to temporarily use ":sh" to run a shell, copy the text, then
+exit the shell.  'mouse' can remain set to "a" then.
 							*xterm-clipboard*
 In the Athena and Motif GUI versions, when running in a terminal and there is
 access to the X-server (DISPLAY is set), the copy and paste will behave like

runtime/doc/terminal.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 04
+*terminal.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 01
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -193,6 +193,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 			Supported [options] are:
 			++close		The terminal window will close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
+					|terminal-close|
 			++noclose	The terminal window will NOT close
 					automatically when the job terminates.
 			++open		When the job terminates and no window
@@ -209,6 +210,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 					no window will be used.
 			++norestore	Do not include this terminal window
 					in a session file.
+			++shell		Instead of executing {command}
+					directly, use a shell, like with
+					`:!command` 		*E279*
+					{only works on Unix currently}
 			++kill={how}	When trying to close the terminal
 					window kill the job with {how}.  See
 					|term_setkill()| for the values.
@@ -222,7 +227,7 @@ Command syntax ~
 					Vim width (no window left or right of
 					the terminal window) this value is
 					ignored.
-			++eof={text}	when using [range]: text to send after
+			++eof={text}	When using [range]: text to send after
 					the last line was written. Cannot
 					contain white space.  A CR is
 					appended.  For MS-Windows the default
@@ -234,6 +239,10 @@ Command syntax ~
 			++type={pty}	(MS-Windows only): Use {pty} as the
 					virtual console.  See 'termwintype'
 					for the values.
+			++api={expr}	Permit the function name starting with
+					{expr} to be called as |terminal-api|
+					function.  If {expr} is empty then no
+					function can be called.
 
 			If you want to use more options use the |term_start()|
 			function.
@@ -263,6 +272,12 @@ hidden, the job keeps running.  The `:buffer` command can be used to turn the
 current window into a terminal window.  If there are unsaved changes this
 fails, use ! to force, as usual.
 
+							*terminal-close*
+When the terminal window is closed, e.g. when the shell exits and "++close"
+argument was used, and this is the last normal Vim window, then Vim will exit.
+This is like using |:quit| in a normal window. Help and preview windows are
+not counted.
+
 To have a background job run without a window, and open the window when it's
 done, use options like this: >
 	:term ++hidden ++open make
@@ -479,6 +494,9 @@ term_dumpdiff({filename}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Using the "s" key the top and bottom parts are swapped.  This
 		makes it easy to spot a difference.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpdiff(otherfile)
+<
 							*term_dumpload()*
 term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 		Open a new window displaying the contents of {filename}
@@ -488,6 +506,9 @@ term_dumpload({filename} [, {options}])
 
 		For {options} see |term_dumpdiff()|.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpload()
+<
 							*term_dumpwrite()*
 term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 		Dump the contents of the terminal screen of {buf} in the file
@@ -502,11 +523,18 @@ term_dumpwrite({buf}, {filename} [, {options}])
 			"rows"		maximum number of rows to dump
 			"columns"	maximum number of columns to dump
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|, the base is used for the file
+		name: >
+			GetFilename()->term_dumpwrite(bufnr)
+
 term_getaltscreen({buf})				*term_getaltscreen()*
 		Returns 1 if the terminal of {buf} is using the alternate
 		screen.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getaltscreen()
+
 
 term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 		Get the ANSI color palette in use by terminal {buf}.
@@ -517,8 +545,12 @@ term_getansicolors({buf})				*term_getansicolors()*
 
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getansicolors()
+
+<		{only available when compiled with GUI enabled and/or the
+		|+termguicolors| feature}
 
 term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 		Given {attr}, a value returned by term_scrape() in the "attr"
@@ -528,7 +560,10 @@ term_getattr({attr}, {what})				*term_getattr()*
 			underline
 			strike
 			reverse
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAttr()->term_getattr()
+
 
 term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		Get the cursor position of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with
@@ -550,13 +585,18 @@ term_getcursor({buf})					*term_getcursor()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getcursor()
 
 term_getjob({buf})					*term_getjob()*
 		Get the Job associated with terminal window {buf}.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		Returns |v:null| when there is no job.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getjob()
+
 
 term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		Get a line of text from the terminal window of {buf}.
@@ -567,7 +607,10 @@ term_getline({buf}, {row})				*term_getline()*
 		returned.
 
 		To get attributes of each character use |term_scrape()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getline(row)
+
 
 term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 		Return the number of lines that scrolled to above the top of
@@ -579,7 +622,10 @@ term_getscrolled({buf})					*term_getscrolled()*
 <		(if that line exists).
 
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getscrolled()
+
 
 term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		Get the size of terminal {buf}. Returns a list with two
@@ -589,7 +635,10 @@ term_getsize({buf})					*term_getsize()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an empty list is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getsize()
+
 
 term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		Get the status of terminal {buf}. This returns a comma
@@ -602,7 +651,10 @@ term_getstatus({buf})					*term_getstatus()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_getstatus()
+
 
 term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		Get the title of terminal {buf}. This is the title that the
@@ -611,7 +663,10 @@ term_gettitle({buf})					*term_gettitle()*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window. If the
 		buffer does not exist or is not a terminal window, an empty
 		string is returned.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettitle()
+
 
 term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		Get the name of the controlling terminal associated with
@@ -620,12 +675,15 @@ term_gettty({buf} [, {input}])				*term_gettty()*
 		When {input} is omitted or 0, return the name for writing
 		(stdout). When {input} is 1 return the name for reading
 		(stdin). On UNIX, both return same name.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_gettty()
+
 
 term_list()						*term_list()*
 		Return a list with the buffer numbers of all buffers for
 		terminal windows.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
 
 term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		Get the contents of {row} of terminal screen of {buf}.
@@ -642,7 +700,10 @@ term_scrape({buf}, {row})				*term_scrape()*
 		    "attr"	attributes of the cell, use |term_getattr()|
 				to get the individual flags
 		    "width"	cell width: 1 or 2
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_scrape(row)
+
 
 term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 		Send keystrokes {keys} to terminal {buf}.
@@ -650,7 +711,19 @@ term_sendkeys({buf}, {keys})				*term_sendkeys()*
 
 		{keys} are translated as key sequences. For example, "\<c-x>"
 		means the character CTRL-X.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_sendkeys(keys)
+
+
+term_setapi({buf}, {expr})				*term_setapi()*
+		Set the function name prefix to be used for the |terminal-api|
+		function in terminal {buf}.  For example: >
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "Myapi_")
+		    :call term_setapi(buf, "")
+<
+		The default is "Tapi_".  When {expr} is an empty string then
+		no |terminal-api| function can be used for {buf}.
 
 term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		Set the ANSI color palette used by terminal {buf}.
@@ -680,8 +753,12 @@ term_setansicolors({buf}, {colors})			*term_setansicolors()*
 		'termguicolors' is set.  When not using GUI colors (GUI mode
 		or 'termguicolors'), the terminal window always uses the 16
 		ANSI colors of the underlying terminal.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature and
-		with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setansicolors(colors)
+
+<		{only available with GUI enabled and/or the |+termguicolors|
+		feature}
 
 term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		When exiting Vim or trying to close the terminal window in
@@ -695,6 +772,10 @@ term_setkill({buf}, {how})				*term_setkill()*
 		After sending the signal Vim will wait for up to a second to
 		check that the job actually stopped.
 
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setkill(how)
+
+
 term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 		Set the command to write in a session file to restore the job
 		in this terminal.  The line written in the session file is: >
@@ -703,7 +784,10 @@ term_setrestore({buf}, {command})			*term_setrestore()*
 
 		Use an empty {command} to run 'shell'.
 		Use "NONE" to not restore this window.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setrestore(command)
+
 
 term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		Set the size of terminal {buf}. The size of the window
@@ -714,7 +798,10 @@ term_setsize({buf}, {rows}, {cols})		*term_setsize()* *E955*
 		{buf} must be the buffer number of a terminal window.  Use an
 		empty string for the current buffer.  If the buffer does not
 		exist or is not a terminal window, an error is given.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_setsize(rows, cols)
+
 
 term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 		Open a terminal window and run {cmd} in it.
@@ -780,15 +867,22 @@ term_start({cmd} [, {options}])			*term_start()*
 				     color modes.  See |g:terminal_ansi_colors|.
 		   "tty_type"	     (MS-Windows only): Specify which pty to
 				     use.  See 'termwintype' for the values.
+		   "term_api"	     function name prefix for the
+				     |terminal-api| function.  See
+				     |term_setapi()|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCommand()->term_start()
 
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
 
 term_wait({buf} [, {time}])					*term_wait()*
 		Wait for pending updates of {buf} to be handled.
 		{buf} is used as with |term_getsize()|.
 		{time} is how long to wait for updates to arrive in msec.  If
 		not set then 10 msec will be used.
-		{only available when compiled with the |+terminal| feature}
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetBufnr()->term_wait()
 
 ==============================================================================
 3. Terminal communication			 *terminal-communication*
@@ -833,9 +927,9 @@ Currently supported commands:
 		Call a user defined function with {argument}.
 		The function is called with two arguments: the buffer number
 		of the terminal and {argument}, the decoded JSON argument. 
-		The function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
+		By default, the function name must start with "Tapi_" to avoid
 		accidentally calling a function not meant to be used for the
-		terminal API.
+		terminal API.  This can be changed with |term_setapi()|.
 		The user function should sanity check the argument.
 		The function can use |term_sendkeys()| to send back a reply.
 		Example in JSON: >
@@ -1083,8 +1177,12 @@ Example session ~
 							*termdebug-example*
 Start in the Vim "src" directory and build Vim: >
 	% make
+Make sure that debug symbols are present, usually that means that $CFLAGS
+includes "-g".
+
 Start Vim: >
 	% ./vim
+
 Load the termdebug plugin and start debugging Vim: >
 	:packadd termdebug
 	:Termdebug vim
@@ -1156,8 +1254,10 @@ gdb:
  `:Run` [args]	    run the program with [args] or the previous arguments
  `:Arguments` {args}  set arguments for the next `:Run`
 
- *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the current line; a sign will be displayed
- *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the current line
+ *:Break*	set a breakpoint at the cursor position
+ :Break {position}
+		set a breakpoint at the specified position
+ *:Clear*	delete the breakpoint at the cursor position
 
  *:Step*	execute the gdb "step" command
  *:Over*	execute the gdb "next" command (`:Next` is a Vim command)

runtime/doc/testing.txt

@@ -0,0 +1,372 @@
+*testing.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 08
+
+
+		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
+
+
+Testing Vim and Vim script			*testing-support*
+
+Expression evaluation is explained in |eval.txt|.  This file goes into details
+about writing tests in Vim script.  This can be used for testing Vim itself
+and for testing plugins.
+
+1. Testing Vim				|testing|
+2. Test functions			|test-functions-details|
+3. Assert functions			|assert-functions-details|
+
+==============================================================================
+1. Testing Vim						*testing*
+
+Vim can be tested after building it, usually with "make test".
+The tests are located in the directory "src/testdir".
+
+There are several types of tests added over time:
+	test33.in		oldest, don't add any of these
+	test_something.in	old style tests
+	test_something.vim	new style tests
+
+						*new-style-testing*
+New tests should be added as new style tests.  These use functions such as
+|assert_equal()| to keep the test commands and the expected result in one
+place.
+						*old-style-testing*
+In some cases an old style test needs to be used.  E.g. when testing Vim
+without the |+eval| feature.
+
+Find more information in the file src/testdir/README.txt.
+
+==============================================================================
+2. Test functions				*test-functions-details*
+
+test_alloc_fail({id}, {countdown}, {repeat})		*test_alloc_fail()*
+		This is for testing: If the memory allocation with {id} is
+		called, then decrement {countdown}, and when it reaches zero
+		let memory allocation fail {repeat} times.  When {repeat} is
+		smaller than one it fails one time.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetAllocId()->test_alloc_fail()
+
+test_autochdir()					*test_autochdir()*
+		Set a flag to enable the effect of 'autochdir' before Vim
+		startup has finished.
+
+
+test_feedinput({string})				*test_feedinput()*
+		Characters in {string} are queued for processing as if they
+		were typed by the user. This uses a low level input buffer.
+		This function works only when with |+unix| or GUI is running.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetText()->test_feedinput()
+
+test_garbagecollect_now()			 *test_garbagecollect_now()*
+		Like garbagecollect(), but executed right away.  This must
+		only be called directly to avoid any structure to exist
+		internally, and |v:testing| must have been set before calling
+		any function.
+
+
+test_garbagecollect_soon()			 *test_garbagecollect_soon()*
+		Set the flag to call the garbagecollector as if in the main
+		loop.  Only to be used in tests.
+
+
+test_getvalue({name})					*test_getvalue()*
+		Get the value of an internal variable.  These values for
+		{name} are supported:
+			need_fileinfo
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetName()->test_getvalue()
+
+test_ignore_error({expr})			 *test_ignore_error()*
+		Ignore any error containing {expr}.  A normal message is given
+		instead.
+		This is only meant to be used in tests, where catching the
+		error with try/catch cannot be used (because it skips over
+		following code).
+		{expr} is used literally, not as a pattern.
+		When the {expr} is the string "RESET" then the list of ignored
+		errors is made empty.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetErrorText()->test_ignore_error()
+
+test_null_blob()					*test_null_blob()*
+		Return a |Blob| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_channel()					*test_null_channel()*
+		Return a |Channel| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +channel feature}
+
+
+test_null_dict()					*test_null_dict()*
+		Return a |Dict| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_job()						*test_null_job()*
+		Return a |Job| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+		{only available when compiled with the +job feature}
+
+
+test_null_list()					*test_null_list()*
+		Return a |List| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_partial()					*test_null_partial()*
+		Return a |Partial| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_null_string()					*test_null_string()*
+		Return a |String| that is null. Only useful for testing.
+
+
+test_option_not_set({name})				*test_option_not_set()*
+		Reset the flag that indicates option {name} was set.  Thus it
+		looks like it still has the default value. Use like this: >
+			set ambiwidth=double
+			call test_option_not_set('ambiwidth')
+<		Now the 'ambiwidth' option behaves like it was never changed,
+		even though the value is "double".
+		Only to be used for testing!
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOptionName()->test_option_not_set()
+
+
+test_override({name}, {val})				*test_override()*
+		Overrides certain parts of Vim's internal processing to be able
+		to run tests. Only to be used for testing Vim!
+		The override is enabled when {val} is non-zero and removed
+		when {val} is zero.
+		Current supported values for name are:
+
+		name	     effect when {val} is non-zero ~
+		redraw       disable the redrawing() function
+		redraw_flag  ignore the RedrawingDisabled flag
+		char_avail   disable the char_avail() function
+		starting     reset the "starting" variable, see below
+		nfa_fail     makes the NFA regexp engine fail to force a
+			     fallback to the old engine
+		no_query_mouse  do not query the mouse position for "dec"
+				terminals
+		no_wait_return	set the "no_wait_return" flag.  Not restored
+				with "ALL".
+		ALL	     clear all overrides ({val} is not used)
+
+		"starting" is to be used when a test should behave like
+		startup was done.  Since the tests are run by sourcing a
+		script the "starting" variable is non-zero. This is usually a
+		good thing (tests run faster), but sometimes changes behavior
+		in a way that the test doesn't work properly.
+		When using: >
+			call test_override('starting', 1)
+<		The value of "starting" is saved.  It is restored by: >
+			call test_override('starting', 0)
+
+<		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetOverrideVal()-> test_override('starting')
+
+test_refcount({expr})					*test_refcount()*
+		Return the reference count of {expr}.  When {expr} is of a
+		type that does not have a reference count, returns -1.  Only
+		to be used for testing.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetVarname()->test_refcount()
+
+
+test_scrollbar({which}, {value}, {dragging})		*test_scrollbar()*
+		Pretend using scrollbar {which} to move it to position
+		{value}.  {which} can be:
+			left	Left scrollbar of the current window
+			right	Right scrollbar of the current window
+			hor	Horizontal scrollbar
+
+		For the vertical scrollbars {value} can be 1 to the
+		line-count of the buffer.  For the horizontal scrollbar the
+		{value} can be between 1 and the maximum line length, assuming
+		'wrap' is not set.
+
+		When {dragging} is non-zero it's like dragging the scrollbar,
+		otherwise it's like clicking in the scrollbar.
+		Only works when the {which} scrollbar actually exists,
+		obviously only when using the GUI.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetValue()->test_scrollbar('right', 0)
+
+test_setmouse({row}, {col})				*test_setmouse()*
+		Set the mouse position to be used for the next mouse action.
+		{row} and {col} are one based.
+		For example: >
+			call test_setmouse(4, 20)
+			call feedkeys("\<LeftMouse>", "xt")
+
+
+test_settime({expr})					*test_settime()*
+		Set the time Vim uses internally.  Currently only used for
+		timestamps in the history, as they are used in viminfo, and
+		for undo.
+		Using a value of 1 makes Vim not sleep after a warning or
+		error message.
+		{expr} must evaluate to a number.  When the value is zero the
+		normal behavior is restored.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetTime()->test_settime()
+
+==============================================================================
+3. Assert functions				*assert-functions-details*
+
+
+assert_beeps({cmd})					*assert_beeps()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce a beep or visual bell.
+		Also see |assert_fails()| and |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_beeps()
+<
+							*assert_equal()*
+assert_equal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {expected} and {actual} are not equal an error message is
+		added to |v:errors| and 1 is returned.  Otherwise zero is
+		returned |assert-return|.
+		There is no automatic conversion, the String "4" is different
+		from the Number 4.  And the number 4 is different from the
+		Float 4.0.  The value of 'ignorecase' is not used here, case
+		always matters.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected
+		{expected} but got {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_equal('foo', 'bar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Expected 'foo' but got 'bar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_equal([1, 2, 3])
+
+
+<							*assert_equalfile()*
+assert_equalfile({fname-one}, {fname-two})
+		When the files {fname-one} and {fname-two} do not contain
+		exactly the same text an error message is added to |v:errors|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {fname-one} or {fname-two} does not exist the error will
+		mention that.
+		Mainly useful with |terminal-diff|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLog()->assert_equalfile('expected.log')
+
+
+assert_exception({error} [, {msg}])			*assert_exception()*
+		When v:exception does not contain the string {error} an error
+		message is added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		This can be used to assert that a command throws an exception.
+		Using the error number, followed by a colon, avoids problems
+		with translations: >
+			try
+			  commandthatfails
+			  call assert_false(1, 'command should have failed')
+			catch
+			  call assert_exception('E492:')
+			endtry
+
+assert_fails({cmd} [, {error} [, {msg}]])			*assert_fails()*
+		Run {cmd} and add an error message to |v:errors| if it does
+		NOT produce an error.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {error} is given it must match in |v:errmsg|.
+		Note that beeping is not considered an error, and some failing
+		commands only beep.  Use |assert_beeps()| for those.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetCmd()->assert_fails('E99:')
+
+assert_false({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_false()*
+		When {actual} is not false an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is false when it is zero. When {actual} is not a
+		number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected False but got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_false()
+
+assert_inrange({lower}, {upper}, {actual} [, {msg}])	 *assert_inrange()*
+		This asserts number and |Float| values.  When {actual}  is lower
+		than {lower} or higher than {upper} an error message is added
+		to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Expected range {lower} - {upper}, but got {actual}" is
+		produced.
+
+								*assert_match()*
+assert_match({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		When {pattern} does not match {actual} an error message is
+		added to |v:errors|.  Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		{pattern} is used as with |=~|: The matching is always done
+		like 'magic' was set and 'cpoptions' is empty, no matter what
+		the actual value of 'magic' or 'cpoptions' is.
+
+		{actual} is used as a string, automatic conversion applies.
+		Use "^" and "$" to match with the start and end of the text.
+		Use both to match the whole text.
+
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form
+		"Pattern {pattern} does not match {actual}" is produced.
+		Example: >
+	assert_match('^f.*o$', 'foobar')
+<		Will result in a string to be added to |v:errors|:
+	test.vim line 12: Pattern '^f.*o$' does not match 'foobar' ~
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_match('foo.*')
+<
+							*assert_notequal()*
+assert_notequal({expected}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_equal()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {expected} and {actual} are equal.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			mylist->assert_notequal([1, 2, 3])
+
+<							*assert_notmatch()*
+assert_notmatch({pattern}, {actual} [, {msg}])
+		The opposite of `assert_match()`: add an error message to
+		|v:errors| when {pattern} matches {actual}.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			getFile()->assert_notmatch('bar.*')
+
+
+assert_report({msg})					*assert_report()*
+		Report a test failure directly, using {msg}.
+		Always returns one.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetMessage()->assert_report()
+
+
+assert_true({actual} [, {msg}])				*assert_true()*
+		When {actual} is not true an error message is added to
+		|v:errors|, like with |assert_equal()|.
+		Also see |assert-return|.
+		A value is TRUE when it is a non-zero number.  When {actual}
+		is not a number the assert fails.
+		When {msg} is omitted an error in the form "Expected True but
+		got {actual}" is produced.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetResult()->assert_true()
+<
+
+ vim:tw=78:ts=8:noet:ft=help:norl:

runtime/doc/textprop.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 13
+*textprop.txt*  For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 23
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -6,13 +6,6 @@
 
 Displaying text with properties attached.	*textprop* *text-properties*
 
-THIS IS UNDER DEVELOPMENT - ANYTHING MAY STILL CHANGE  *E967*
-
-What is not working yet:
-- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
-- Text properties spanning more than one line
-- prop_find()
-
 
 1. Introduction			|text-prop-intro|
 2. Functions			|text-prop-functions|
@@ -94,6 +87,12 @@ and/or ends with a specific character, such as the quote surrounding a string.
 Nevertheless, when text is inserted or deleted the text may need to be parsed
 and the text properties updated.  But this can be done asynchronously.
 
+
+Internal error *E967*
+
+If you see E967, please report the bug.  You can do this at Github:
+https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/new
+
 ==============================================================================
 2. Functions						*text-prop-functions*
 
@@ -116,6 +115,221 @@ prop_list({lnum} [, {props})  		text properties in {lnum}
 prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
 					remove a text property
 
+						*prop_add()* *E965*
+prop_add({lnum}, {col}, {props})
+		Attach a text property at position {lnum}, {col}.  {col} is
+		counted in bytes, use one for the first column.
+		If {lnum} is invalid an error is given. *E966*
+		If {col} is invalid an error is given. *E964*
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   length	length of text in bytes, can only be used
+				for a property that does not continue in
+				another line; can be zero
+		   end_lnum	line number for the end of text
+		   end_col	column just after the text; not used when
+				"length" is present; when {col} and "end_col"
+				are equal, and "end_lnum" is omitted or equal
+				to {lnum}, this is a zero-width text property
+		   bufnr	buffer to add the property to; when omitted
+				the current buffer is used
+		   id		user defined ID for the property; when omitted
+				zero is used
+		   type		name of the text property type
+		All fields except "type" are optional.
+
+		It is an error when both "length" and "end_lnum" or "end_col"
+		are given.  Either use "length" or "end_col" for a property
+		within one line, or use "end_lnum" and "end_col" for a
+		property that spans more than one line.
+		When neither "length" nor "end_col" are given the property
+		will be zero-width.  That means it will not be highlighted but
+		will move with the text, as a kind of mark.
+		The property can end exactly at the last character of the
+		text, or just after it.  In the last case, if text is appended
+		to the line, the text property size will increase, also when
+		the property type does not have "end_incl" set.
+
+		"type" will first be looked up in the buffer the property is
+		added to. When not found, the global property types are used.
+		If not found an error is given.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_add(col, props)
+
+
+prop_clear({lnum} [, {lnum-end} [, {props}]])		*prop_clear()*
+		Remove all text properties from line {lnum}.
+		When {lnum-end} is given, remove all text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item use this buffer,
+		otherwise use the current buffer.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_clear()
+<
+							*prop_find()*
+prop_find({props} [, {direction}])
+		{not implemented yet}
+		Search for a text property as specified with {props}:
+		   id		property with this ID
+		   type		property with this type name
+		   bufnr	buffer to search in; when present a
+				start position with "lnum" and "col"
+				must be given; when omitted the
+				current buffer is used
+		   lnum		start in this line (when omitted start
+				at the cursor)
+		   col		start at this column (when omitted
+				and "lnum" is given: use column 1,
+				otherwise start at the cursor)
+		   skipstart	do not look for a match at the start
+				position
+
+		{direction} can be "f" for forward and "b" for backward.  When
+		omitted forward search is performed.
+
+		If a match is found then a Dict is returned with the entries
+		as with prop_list(), and additionally an "lnum" entry.
+		If no match is found then an empty Dict is returned.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
+prop_list({lnum} [, {props}])				*prop_list()*
+		Return a List with all text properties in line {lnum}.
+
+		When {props} contains a "bufnr" item, use this buffer instead
+		of the current buffer.
+
+		The properties are ordered by starting column and priority.
+		Each property is a Dict with these entries:
+		   col		starting column
+		   length	length in bytes, one more if line break is
+				included
+		   id		property ID
+		   type		name of the property type, omitted if
+				the type was deleted
+		   start	when TRUE property starts in this line
+		   end		when TRUE property ends in this line
+
+		When "start" is zero the property started in a previous line,
+		the current one is a continuation.
+		When "end" is zero the property continues in the next line.
+		The line break after this line is included.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetLnum()->prop_list()
+<
+						*prop_remove()* *E968*
+prop_remove({props} [, {lnum} [, {lnum-end}]])
+		Remove a matching text property from line {lnum}.  When
+		{lnum-end} is given, remove matching text properties from line
+		{lnum} to {lnum-end} (inclusive).
+		When {lnum} is omitted remove matching text properties from
+		all lines.
+
+		{props} is a dictionary with these fields:
+		   id		remove text properties with this ID
+		   type		remove text properties with this type name
+		   bufnr	use this buffer instead of the current one
+		   all		when TRUE remove all matching text properties,
+				not just the first one
+		A property matches when either "id" or "type" matches.
+		If buffer "bufnr" does not exist you get an error message.
+		If buffer "bufnr" is not loaded then nothing happens.
+
+		Returns the number of properties that were removed.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetProps()->prop_remove()
+
+
+prop_type_add({name}, {props})		*prop_type_add()* *E969* *E970*
+		Add a text property type {name}.  If a property type with this
+		name already exists an error is given.  Nothing is returned.
+		{props} is a dictionary with these optional fields:
+		   bufnr	define the property only for this buffer; this
+				avoids name collisions and automatically
+				clears the property types when the buffer is
+				deleted.
+		   highlight	name of highlight group to use
+		   priority	when a character has multiple text
+				properties the one with the highest priority
+				will be used; negative values can be used, the
+				default priority is zero
+		   combine	when TRUE combine the highlight with any
+				syntax highlight; when omitted or FALSE syntax
+				highlight will not be used
+		   start_incl	when TRUE inserts at the start position will
+				be included in the text property
+		   end_incl	when TRUE inserts at the end position will be
+				included in the text property
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_add(props)
+
+prop_type_change({name}, {props})			*prop_type_change()*
+		Change properties of an existing text property type.  If a
+		property with this name does not exist an error is given.
+		The {props} argument is just like |prop_type_add()|.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_change(props)
+
+prop_type_delete({name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_delete()*
+		Remove the text property type {name}.  When text properties
+		using the type {name} are still in place, they will not have
+		an effect and can no longer be removed by name.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, delete
+		a property type from this buffer instead of from the global
+		property types.
+
+		When text property type {name} is not found there is no error.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_delete()
+
+prop_type_get([{name} [, {props}])			*prop_type_get()*
+		Returns the properties of property type {name}.  This is a
+		dictionary with the same fields as was given to
+		prop_type_add().
+		When the property type {name} does not exist, an empty
+		dictionary is returned.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+		Can also be used as a |method|: >
+			GetPropName()->prop_type_get()
+
+prop_type_list([{props}])				*prop_type_list()*
+		Returns a list with all property type names.
+
+		{props} can contain a "bufnr" item.  When it is given, use
+		this buffer instead of the global property types.
+
+		See |text-properties| for information about text properties.
+
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. When text changes				*text-prop-changes*
 
@@ -126,6 +340,11 @@ will move accordingly.
 When text is deleted and a text property no longer includes any text, it is
 deleted.  However, a text property that was defined as zero-width will remain,
 unless the whole line is deleted.
+								*E275*
+When a buffer is unloaded, all the text properties are gone.  There is no way
+to store the properties in a file.  You can only re-create them.  When a
+buffer is hidden the text is preserved and so are the text properties.  It is
+not possible to add text properties to an unloaded buffer.
 
 When using replace mode, the text properties stay on the same character
 positions, even though the characters themselves change.

runtime/doc/todo.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 13
+*todo.txt*      For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Nov 02
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL	  by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -38,46 +38,50 @@ browser use: https://github.com/vim/vim/issues/1234
 							*known-bugs*
 -------------------- Known bugs and current work -----------------------
 
-Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
-20)
-Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
-remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
+Termdebug:  Ctrl-W . doesn't work with modifyOtherKeys set.
 
-Shorten the command used in test Makefile. (Daniel Hahler, #4643)
+Cannot scroll popup window with mouse in GUI? (#5138)
 
-Refactor: Move common things out of evalfunc.c, it's too big.
-Move function specs out of eval.txt, it's too big.
+Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it
+directly.  Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (issue #3340)
+
+Include netrw 166a?
+
+In a function these two lines are different:
+    let [a, b, c] =<< trim END      fails
+    let [a,b,c] =<< trim END        works
+issue #5051
+
+Make 'showbreak' global-local.
+
+Update libvterm on github, rename termscreen.c back to screen.c.
+
+Graduate FEAT_TAG_BINS and make LSIZE for tags bigger.
 
 Popup windows:
-- Default popup_menu padding: only left&right.
-- Add 'previewpopup': open preview in a popupwindow.
-  Values: dict options as a string?  "line:20,maxwidth:60,maxheight:20"
+- When using "botleft" for "pos" and there is not enough space, positioning
+  goes below, but this must not happen if there is less space there. #5151
+- Use popup (or popup menu) for command line completion
 - Implement flip option
-- Have a way to scroll to the bottom, e.g. set 'firstline' to -1? (#4577)
-- Why does 'nrformats' leak from the popup window buffer???
-  Happens in Test_simple_popup() at the second screendump.
-- Disable commands, feedkeys(), CTRL-W, etc. in a popup window.
-  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
-- For the "moved" property also include mouse movement?
-- Can the buffer be re-used if it was the last one, to avoid using up lots of
-  buffer numbers?
-- Have an option to attach the popup to a text position, like text properties
-  do. (#4560)
 - Make redrawing more efficient and avoid flicker:
-    - put popup menu also put in popup_mask?
-- Invoke filter with character before mapping?
+    - put popup menu also in popup_mask?
+- Any other commands to disable in a popup window?
+  Use ERROR_IF_POPUP_WINDOW for more commands.
 - Figure out the size and position better.
     if wrapping splits a double-wide character
     if wrapping inserts indent
 - When drawing on top half a double-wide character, display ">" or "<" in the
   incomplete cell.
-- Use a popup window for the "info" item of completion instead of using a
-  preview window.  Ideas in issue #4544.
-  How to add highlighting?
 
-'incsearch' with :s: (#3321)
+Text properties:
+- Implement prop_find() issue #4970
+- Adjusting column/length when inserting text
+- Text properties spanning more than one line
+- See remakrs at top of src/textprop.c
+
+'incsearch' with :s: 
 - Get E20 when using command history to get "'<,'>s/a/b" and no Visual area
-  was set. (#3837)
+  was set. (issue #3837)
 - :s/foo  using CTRL-G moves to another line, should not happen, or use the
   correct line (it uses the last but one line) (Lifepillar, Aug 18, #3345)
 - :s@pat/tern@ doesn't include "/" in the pattern. (Takahiro Yoshihara, #3637)
@@ -89,7 +93,7 @@ Popup windows:
   Then :%s?foo should take the first match above the cursor line.
 
 Prompt buffer:
-- Add a command line history.
+- Add a command line history, using up/down keys.  issue #5010
 - delay next prompt until plugin gives OK?
 - add prompt_addtext({buf}, {expr})	none	add text to a prompt buffer
 
@@ -102,15 +106,13 @@ Terminal debugger:
 - Termdebug does not work when Vim was build with mzscheme: gdb hangs just
   after "run".  Everything else works, including communication channel.  Not
   initializing mzscheme avoid the problem, thus it's not some #ifdef.
-- Add support for lldb?  #3565
+- Add support for lldb?  issue #3565
 - Could we do something similar for debugging Vim scripts?  At least see the
   script while stepping through it.  Simple version would use an extra window.
   More complete solution would actually run Vim in a Terminal and control it
   with another Vim instance.
 
 Terminal emulator window:
-- When typing "exit" in a terminal window with a shell and it's the only
-  window, should exit Vim instead of editing another buffer. (#4539)
 - When the job in the terminal doesn't use mouse events, let the scroll wheel
   scroll the scrollback, like a terminal does at the shell prompt. #2490
   And use modeless selection.  #2962
@@ -118,13 +120,10 @@ Terminal emulator window:
   be redrawn.
 - GUI: When using ":set go+=!" a system() call causes the hit-enter prompt.
   (#3327)
-- Terminal API: Add more functionality? (Ozaki Kiichi 2018 May 13, #2907)
 - GUI: hang until key typed. (#3530)
 - Allow for specifying the directory, with ++cwd={dir}.
 - With a vertical split only one window is updated. (Linwei, 2018 Jun 2,
   #2977)
-- Add a way to make ":term cmd" run "cmd" in a shell, instead of executing it
-  directly.  Perhaps ":term ++shell cmd". (#3340)
 - When pasting should call vterm_keyboard_start_paste(), e.g. when using
   K_MIDDLEMOUSE, calling insert_reg().
 - Users expect parsing the :term argument like a shell does, also support
@@ -143,19 +142,36 @@ Terminal emulator window:
 - When 'encoding' is not utf-8, or the job is using another encoding, setup
   conversions.
 
-Error numbers available: E172, E221, E242, E249, E260, E274, E275, E276,
-E278, E279, E281, E290, E291, E292, E361, E362, E366, E396, E450, E451, E452,
-E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E56, E57, E565, E569, E578, E610, E611, E653,
-E654, E693, E706, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900, E959
+Error numbers available:
+E279, E290, E292, E362, E366, E450, E451, E452,
+E453, E454, E460, E489, E491, E565, E578, E610, E611, E653,
+E654, E856, E857, E860, E861, E863, E889, E900
+
+Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
+manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
+Athena is OK.
+Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
+
+Patch to properly break CJK lines: Anton Kochkov, #3875
+Flag in 'formatoptions' is not used in the tests.
+
+Remove check for cmd_silent when calling search_stat()? (Gary Johnson)
+
+undo result wrong: Masato Nishihata, #4798
+
+Undo puts cursor in wrong line after "cG<Esc>" undo.
 
 Sound: support on Mac?  Or does libcanberra work there?
 
-Patch to use forward slash for completion even when 'shellslash' is set.
-Adds 'completepathslash'.  (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 15, #3612)
+Patch to user manual: #5098.  Comments by DC Slagel:
+- semicolon use should be OK.
+- Keep capital after colon.
 
-Patch to add win_splitmove() function. (Andy Massimino, #4561)
-
-Resolve() works incorrectly under windows. (#4661)
+Patch to fix session file when using multiple tabs. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May
+20)
+Also put :argadd commands at the start for all buffers, so that their order
+remains equal?  Then %argdel to clean it up.  Do try this with 'hidden' set.
+Also #4994: window-local options not always restored, related to using :badd.
 
 Completion mixes results from the current buffer with tags and other files.
 Happens when typing CTRL-N while still search for results.  E.g., type "b_" in
@@ -163,27 +179,59 @@ terminal.c and then CTRL-N twice.
 Should do current file first and not split it up when more results are found.
 (Also #1890)
 
-Patch to use timers in matchparen. (Daniel Hahler, #1338)
-Ready to include now?
-
 Adding "10" to 'spellsuggest' causes spell suggestions to become very slow.
 (#4087)
 
-Patch for Template string: #4491  Not ready yet.  New pull: #4634
+":helptags ALL" should skip directories where "tags" cannot be written.
+(Matěj Cepl, #5026)
 
 ":bnext" in a help buffer is supposed to go to the next help buffer, but it
 goes to any buffer, and then :bnext skips help buffers, since they are
 unlisted. (#4478)
 
-Problem with German spell file.  Hint for solution by Klaus-Peter Schreiner in
-#4314, solves the Rasenmäher problem.
+Enable 'termbidi' if $VTE_VERSION >= 5703 ?
+
+Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
+Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
+
+The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
+support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)  Also #4687
+
+Patch: New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
+
+Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
+It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
+Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
+Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
 
 Problem showing a line if the number column width changes when using "o".
 (Mateusz Morusiewicz, #4245)
 
+When using :packadd for a replacement language plugin, it is loaded after the
+default one.  #4698
+
+Patch to remove FORTIFY_SOURCE also from CPPFLAGS. (Benedikt Morbach, #2786)
+
+Patch from Namsh to allow building with both XIM and hangulin. (2019 Aug 29)
+
+When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
+with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
+
+Modeless selection doesn't work in gvim. (#4783)
+Caused by patch 8.1.1534.
+
+Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
+Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
+New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
+
 Visual highlight not removed when 'dipslay' is "lastline" and line doesn't
 fit. (Kevin Lawler, #4457)
 
+Patch to add interrupt(). (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #2834)
+
+Patch to add per-tabpage and per-window previous directory: "lcd -" and "tcd
+-". (Yegappan Lakshmanan, #4362)
+
 Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 - _stat64 is not defined, need to use "struct stat" in vim.h
 - WINVER conflict, should use 0x0600 by default?
@@ -191,11 +239,38 @@ Does not build with MinGW out of the box:
 Crash when mixing matchadd and substitute()? (Max Christian Pohle, 2018 May
 13, #2910)  Can't reproduce?
 
-Columns and Rows are long, they should be int.
+Patch to configure BUILD_DATE for reproducible builds. (James McCoy, #513)
+
+Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
+
+xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
+buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
+Xterm 224 supports it!
+Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
+Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
+Also see issue #609.
+We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
+
+Check_external_diff() is used too often. (Daniel Hahler, #4800)
+
+Incorrect formatting with autoindent. (Sebastian Gniazdowski, #4909)
+
+Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
+Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
 
 Errors found with random data:
     heap-buffer-overflow in alist_add (#2472)
 
+Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
+change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
+patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
+(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
+
+Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
+Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
+
+Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
+
 Improve fallback for menu translations, to avoid having to create lots of
 files that source the actual file.  E.g. menu_da_de -> menu_da
 Include part of #3242?
@@ -203,28 +278,65 @@ Include part of #3242?
 When a terminal exit_cb closes the window, a following typed key is lost, if
 it's in a mapping. (2018 Oct 6, #2302, #3522)
 
-Patch for Inno Setup: #2739
+Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
+Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
+Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3, #958).  Still needs more work.
+
+Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
+(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
+Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
+- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
+  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
+  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
+- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
+  covered by the above change.
+So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
+same thing.  Remarks on PR #543 (Roland Puntaier).
+Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
+
+Would be nice to set tab-local values for 'diffexpr' and 'diffopt'.  Use
+t:diffexpr_option t:diffopt_option? (#4782)
 
 Internal diff doesn't handle binary file like external diff does. (Mike
 Williams, 2018 Oct 30)
 
+'[ mark in wrong column after put. (#4776)
+
+"exepath('bin/cmd')" does not work while ":!bin/cmd" does work.
+(Daniel Hahler, #4710)  and executable('bin/cmd') returns 1
+
+Error drawing the number column when 'cursorline' is set. (#3893)
+
 Problem with :tlmenu: Detach item added with all modes?  Issue #3563.
 
+Add an argument to expandcmd() to expand like ":next" does.
+
 The quoting of the [command] argument of :terminal is not clearly documented.
 Give a few examples. (#4288)
 
 Opening a file with --remote-tab-silent that matches 'wildignore' does not
 work, results in (E479: No match". (#4610)
 
+Patch for this (Tristan Konolige, #1011, only adds the option, no implem.):
+7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
+    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
+    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
+
 Bug: script written with "-W scriptout" contains Key codes, while the script
 read with "-s scriptin" expects escape codes.  Probably "scriptout" needs to
 be adjusted. (Daniel Steinberg, 2019 Feb 24, #4041)
 
-":registers" should indicate char/block/linewise.  (Ayberk Aydin, #4546)
+Add a string to the 'display' option ("smoothscroll" ?) to make CTRL-E and
+CTRL-Y scroll one screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start
+with the first character (like what happens with a last line that doesn't
+fit).  Display "<<<" at the start of the first visible line (like "@@@" is
+displayed in the last line). (Arseny Nasokin,  #5154)
 
 Patch for ambiguous width characters in libvterm on MS-Windows 10.
 (Nobuhiro Takasaki, #4411)
 
+Window size changes after closing a tab. (#4741)
+
 Problem with colors in terminal window. (Jason Franklin, 2019 May 12)
 
 Lifepillar: Updated/cleaned up color schemes:
@@ -249,6 +361,14 @@ Include solarized color scheme?, it does not support termguicolors.
 Bug: "vipgw" does not put cursor back where it belongs. (Jason Franklin, 2019
 Mar 5)
 
+Many users don't like 'thesaurus' to match so many words. (#4667, #1611)
+- when the match with the first word is partial, don't add other words on that
+  line.
+- support other file formats, such as comma separated.  Indicate by a prefix
+  to the file in the 'thesaurus' option.
+- 'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
+  (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
+
 Some composing characters actually add a cell width to the character they are
 on top off, making the whole thing two characters wide. (#4526)
 
@@ -283,6 +403,9 @@ Support setting the character displayed below the last line?  Neovim uses
 Check: __attribute__((format(printf, on semsg() and siemsg().  Where was this
 added?
 
+Patch to add a flatten() function.  #3676.  Check that the doc explains the
+maxdepth argument (applies to the input "recursiveness").
+
 Add test for urxvt mouse codes.  Also test that mouse coordinates can be
 negative. (see #4326)
 
@@ -318,11 +441,6 @@ Not existing directory in CDPATH leads to two shell calls. (#4525)
 Use dict_iterate_start() / dict_iterate_next() instead of relying on the
 internals of the dict structure.
 
-Running test_gui and test_gui_init with Motif sometimes kills the window
-manager.  Problem with Motif? Now test_gui crashes in submenu_change().
-Athena is OK.
-Motif: Build on Ubuntu can't enter any text in dialog text fields.
-
 nvo-mode mapping works on Windows, not on Linux. (#3678)
 
 Missing tests for:
@@ -445,9 +563,6 @@ Patch to implement 'diffref' option. (#3535)
 Patch to specify color for cterm=underline and cterm=undercurl, like "guisp".
 Patch #2405 does something like this, but in the wrong way.
 
-:pedit resets the 'buflisted' option unexpectedly. (Wang Shidong, 2018 Oct 12,
-#3536)
-
 home_replace() uses $HOME instead of "homedir". (Cesar Martins, 2018 Aug 9)
 
 When the status line uses term_gettitle(), it does not get updated when the
@@ -477,9 +592,6 @@ Further xdiff changes:
 
 Difference between two regexp engines: #3373
 
-Patch to properly break CJK lines: #3875
-Requires more tests.  dbcs_ functions are not implemented.
-
 Patch to add ch_listen() (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2018 Nov 26, #3639)
 What is the practical use for this?
 
@@ -487,19 +599,26 @@ When the last line wraps, selecting with the mouse below that line only
 includes the first screen line. (2018 Aug 23, #3368)
 
 Refactored HTML indent file. (Michael Lee, #1821)
-Ask to write a test first.
+Asked to write a test.
 
 MS-Windows: .lnk file not resolved properly when 'encoding' is set.
 (lkintact, 2018 Sep 22, #3473)
 
 Merge checking for 'cursorline' and 'concealcursor', see neovim #9492.
 
+Display error when a conceal match uses '\%>1l'. (#4854)
+
+Add a windowID argument to placing a sign, so that it only shows up in one
+window for the buffer.
+
 Request to add sign_setlist() to make it faster to add a lot of signs, e.g.
 when adding a sign for every quickfix entry. (#4557)
 
 Win32 key codes are messy.  Mike Williams tried to fix that, but now old
 mappings no longer work.  Create a new terminal for the better solution?
 
+Patch to "fix" 'visualbell'. Add option to set delay?  (#1789)
+
 Script generated by :mksession does not work well if there are windows with
 modified buffers
   change "silent only" into "silent only!"
@@ -570,9 +689,6 @@ pass an expression to evaluate.  Allow passing zero for "never skip".
 Add an option similar to 'lazyredraw' to skip redrawing while executing a
 script or function.
 
-Universal solution to detect if t_RS is working, using cursor position.
-Koichi Iwamoto, #2126
-
 When using a menu item while the "more" prompt is displayed doesn't work well.
 E.g. after using help->version.  Have a key that ends the "more" prompt and
 does nothing otherwise?
@@ -602,9 +718,6 @@ With 'foldmethod' "indent" and appending an empty line, what follows isn't
 included in the existing fold.  Deleting the empty line and undo fixes it.
 (Oleg Koshovetc, 2018 Jul 15, #3214)
 
-When using :packadd files under "later" are not used, which is inconsistent
-with packages under "start". (xtal8, #1994)
-
 Patch to support "xxd -ps". (Erik Auerswald, 2018 May 1)
 Lacks a test.
 
@@ -613,6 +726,9 @@ Jan 15, #2555)
 
 ":bufdo e" disabled syntax HL in windows other than the current. (BPJ)
 
+Patch for Template string: #4491.  New pull: #4634
+It's an awful lot of code for something that is just a bit nicer syntax.
+
 Check argument of systemlist(). (Pavlov)
 
 No maintainer for Vietnamese translations.
@@ -746,7 +862,7 @@ Problem with 'delcombine'. (agguser, 2017 Nov 10, #2313)
 MS-Windows: buffer completion doesn't work when using backslash (or slash)
 for a path separator. (xtal8, #2201)
 
-Would be nice for insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
+Would be nice for Insert mode completion to highlight the text that was added
 (and may change when picking another completion).
 
 Test runtime files.
@@ -769,32 +885,13 @@ The ":move" command does not honor closed folds. (Ryan Lue, #2351)
 Patch to fix increment/decrement not working properly when 'virtualedit' is
 set. (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Aug 1, #923)
 
-Patch to make gM move to middle of line. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, Sep 8, #2070)
-
 Cannot copy modeless selection when cursor is inside it. (lkintact, #2300)
 
-Include Haiku port. (Adrien Destugues, Siarzhuk Zharski, 2013 Oct 24)
-It can replace the BeOS code, which is likely not used anymore.
-Now on github: #1856.  Updated Oct 2017
-Got permission to include this under the Vim license.
-
 Test_writefile_fails_conversion failure on Solaris because if different iconv
 behavior.  Skip when "uname" returns "SunOS"? (Pavel Heimlich, #1872)
 
 'tagrelative' is broken in specific situation. (xaizek, 2017 Oct 19, #2221)
 
-All functions are global, which makes functions like get() and len() awkward.
-For the future use the ~get() and ~len() syntax, e.g.:
-    mylist~get(idx)
-    mydict~get(idx)
-    mystring~len()
-Alternatives for ~:
-    ^  list^get()    could also be used
-    .  list.get()    already means concatenate
-    $  list$get()    harder to read
-    @  list@get()    harder to read
-    ->  list->get()  two characters, used for lambda
-
 The ++ options for the :edit command are also useful on the Vim command line.
 
 When recovering a file, put the swap file name in b:recovered_swapfile.  Then
@@ -886,8 +983,6 @@ Memory leak in test97?  The string is actually freed.  Weird.
 assert_fails() can only check for the first error.  Make it possible to have
 it catch multiple errors and check all of them.
 
-New value "uselast" for 'switchbuf'. (Lemonboy, 2017 Apr 23, #1652)
-
 Add a toolbar in the terminal.  Can be global, above all windows, or specific
 for one window.
 
@@ -975,10 +1070,6 @@ somewhere else.  :{range}copy {dest} !cmd
 Patch to fix that empty first tab is not in session.
 (Hirohito Higashi, 2016 Nov 25, #1282)
 
-Patch to add random number generator. (Hong Xu, 2010 Nov 8, update Nov 10)
-Alternative from Christian Brabandt. (2010 Sep 19)
-New one from Yasuhiro Matsumoto, #1277.
-
 Patch to fix escaping of job arguments. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto, 2016 Oct 5)
 Update Oct 14: https://gist.github.com/mattn/d47e7d3bfe5ade4be86062b565a4bfca
 Update Aug 2017: #1954
@@ -1034,10 +1125,6 @@ Patch to make it possible to extend a list with itself.
 
 Patch to add Zstandard compressed file support. (Nick Terrell, 2016 Oct 24)
 
-Patch to add MODIFIED_BY to MSVC build file. (Chen Lei, 2016 Nov 24, #1275)
-
-Patch to change argument of :marks. (LemonBoy, 2017 Jan 29, #1426)
-
 On Windows buffer completion sees backslash as escape char instead of path
 separator. (Toffanim, 2016 Nov 24, #1274)
 
@@ -1057,6 +1144,10 @@ sort() is not stable when using numeric/float sort (Nikolay Pavlov, 2016 Sep
 4#1038)
 
 +channel:
+- Add a in_cb, invoked when the write buffer has become empty. (Matteo Landi)
+- Add ch_readlines(): for a channel in NL mode, reads as many lines as are
+  available.  Should be more efficient than looping over ch_read() with
+  ch_status() to check for more.
 - Add a separate timeout for opening a socket.  Currently it's fixed at 50
   msec, which is too small for a remote connection. (tverniquet, #2130)
 - Problem with stderr on Windows? (Vincent Rischmann, 2016 Aug 31, #1026)
@@ -1136,8 +1227,6 @@ Regexp problems:
   Another one: echom matchstr(" sdfsfsf\n sfdsdfsdf",'[^\n]*')
   (2017 May 15, #1252)
 
-Patch to add "cmdline" completion to getcompletion(). (Shougo, Oct 1, #1140)
-
 Feature request: Complete members of a dictionary. (Luc Hermitte, 2017 Jan 4,
 #1350)
 
@@ -1153,11 +1242,6 @@ Include the test.
 When 'keywordprg' starts with ":" the argument is still escaped as a shell
 command argument. (Romain Lafourcade, 2016 Oct 16, #1175)
 
-Patch to support CamelCase for spell checking: See a lower-to-upper case
-change as a word boundary. (btucker-MPCData, 2016 Nov 6, #1235)
-patch for 'spellcamelcase' option: spellcheck each CamelCased word.
-(Ben Tucker, 2016 Dec 2)
-
 Idea from Sven: record sequence of keys.  Useful to show others what they are
 doing (look over the shoulder), and also to see what happened.
 Probably list of keystrokes, with some annotations for mode changes.
@@ -1240,9 +1324,6 @@ Reject the value? #710.
 When doing "vi buf.md" a BufNew autocommand for *.md is not triggered.
 Because of using the initial buffer? (Dun Peal, 2016 May 12)
 
-Patch to add the :bvimgrep command.  (Christian Brabandt, 2014 Nov 12)
-Updated 2016 Jun 10, #858  Update 2017 Mar 28: use <buffer>
-
 Add redrawtabline command. (Naruhiko Nishino, 2016 Jun 11)
 
 Neovim patch for utfc_ptr2char_len() https://github.com/neovim/neovim/pull/4574
@@ -1304,10 +1385,6 @@ Also need to run update-desktop-database (Kuriyama Kazunobu, 2015 Nov 4)
 Test object i{ and it do not behave the same. #1379
 Do not include the linebreak at the start?
 
-Patch to have text objects defined by arbitrary single characters. (Daniel
-Thau, 2013 Nov 20, 2014 Jan 29, 2014 Jan 31)
-Added tests (James McCoy, 2016 Aug 3).  Still needs more work.
-
 Feature request: add the "al" text object, to manipulate a screen line.
 Especially useful when using 'linebreak'
 
@@ -1323,9 +1400,6 @@ If ":bd" also closes a Tab page then the " mark is not set.  (Harm te Hennepe,
 Patch to avoid redrawing tabline when the popup menu is visible.
 (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jan 28)
 
-Patch to add {skip} argument to search(). (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Feb 24)
-Update 2016 Jun 10, #861
-
 Patch to show search statistics. (Christian Brabandt, 2016 Jul 22)
 
 When the CursorMovedI event triggers, and CTRL-X was typed, a script cannot
@@ -1444,18 +1518,6 @@ Patch to fix checking global option value when not using it.
 When 'showbreak' is set repeating a Visual operation counts the size of the
 'showbreak' text as part of the operation. (Axel Bender, 2015 Jul 20)
 
-Patch for multi-byte characters in langmap and applying a mapping on them.
-(Christian Brabandt, 2015 Jun 12, update July 25)
-Is this the right solution?  Need to cleanup langmap behavior:
-- in vgetorpeek() apply langmap to the typeahead buffer and put the result in
-  a copy-buffer, only when langmap is appropriate for the current mode. Then
-  check for mapping and let gotchars() work on the copy-buffer.
-- Remove LANGMAP_ADJUST() in other parts of the code.  Make sure the mode is
-  covered by the above change.
-So that replaying the register doesn't use keymap/langmap and still does the
-same thing.  Remarks on issue 543 (Roland Puntaier).
-Also see #737: langmap not applied to replaying recording.
-
 Patch to add grepfile(). (Scott Prager, 2015 May 26)
 Work in progress.
 
@@ -1564,14 +1626,6 @@ compatible with Vim spell files.  The old files can no longer be downloaded.
 Spell checking: Add a feature to only consider two spaces after a dot to start
 a new sentence.  Don't give the capitalization error when there is one space.
 
-xterm should be able to pass focus changes to Vim, so that Vim can check for
-buffers that changed.  Perhaps in misc.c, function selectwindow().
-Xterm 224 supports it!
-Patch to make FocusGained and FocusLost work in modern terminals. (Hayaki
-Saito, 2013 Apr 24) Update 2016 Aug 12.
-Also see issue #609.
-We could add the enable/disable sequences to t_ti/t_te or t_ks/t_ke.
-
 Idea: For a window in the middle (has window above and below it), use
 right-mouse-drag on the status line to move a window up/down without changing
 its height?  It's like dragging the status bar above it at the same time.
@@ -1872,12 +1926,6 @@ Syntax region with 'concealends' and a 'cchar' value, 'conceallevel' set to 2,
 only one of the two ends gets the cchar displayed. (Brett Stahlman, 2010 Aug
 21, Ben Fritz, 2010 Sep 14)
 
-The :syntax cchar value can only be a single character.  It would be useful to
-support combining characters. (Charles Campbell)
-
-'cursorline' works on a text line only.  Add 'cursorscreenline' for
-highlighting the screen line. (Christian Brabandt, 2012 Mar 31)
-
 Win32: Patch to use task dialogs when available. (Sergiu Dotenco, 2011 Sep 17)
 New feature, requires testing.  Made some remarks.
 
@@ -2121,10 +2169,6 @@ Looks like only bash can do it. (Yakov Lerner)
 Cscope "cs add" stopped working somewhat before 7.2.438. (Gary Johnson, 2010
 Jun 29)  Caused by 7.2.433?
 
-I often see pasted text (from Firefox, to Vim in xterm) appear twice.
-Also, Vim in xterm sometimes loses copy/paste ability (probably after running
-an external command).
-
 Jumplist doesn't work properly in Insert mode? (Jean Johner, 2010 Mar 20)
 
 Problem with transparent cmdline.  Also: Terminal title is wrong with
@@ -2720,10 +2764,6 @@ If the variable "g:x#y#z" exists completion after ":echo g:x#" doesn't work.
 Feature request: Command to go to previous tab, like what CTRL-W p does for
 windows. (Adam George)
 
-F1 - F4 in an xterm produce a different escape sequence when used with a
-modifier key.  Need to catch three different sequences.  Use K_ZF1, like
-K_ZHOME? (Dickey, 2007 Dec 2)
-
 In debug mode, using CTRL-R = to evaluate a function causes stepping through
 the function. (Hari Krishna Dara, 2006 Jun 28)
 
@@ -2858,12 +2898,6 @@ Setting 'background' resets the Normal background color:
 This is undesired, 'background' is supposed to tell Vim what the background
 color is, not reset it.
 
-Linux distributions:
-- Suggest compiling xterm with --enable-tcap-query, so that nr of colors is
-  known to Vim.  88 colors instead of 16 works better.  See ":help
-  xfree-xterm".
-- Suggest including bare "vi" and "vim" with X11, syntax, etc.
-
 Completion menu: For a wrapping line, completing a long file name, only the
 start of the path is shown in the menu.  Should move the menu to the right to
 show more text of the completions.  Shorten the items that don't fit in the
@@ -2878,12 +2912,6 @@ the buffer is displayed. (Antonios Tsakiridis)
 When ":cn" moves to an error in the same line the message isn't shortened.
 Only skip shortening for ":cc"?
 
-Write "making vim work better" for the docs (mostly pointers): *nice*
-    - sourcing $VIMRUNTIME/vimrc_example.vim
-    - setting 'mouse' to "a"
-    - getting colors in xterm
-    - compiling Vim with X11, GUI, etc.
-
 Problem with ":call" and dictionary function. Hari Krishna Dara, Charles
 Campbell 2006 Jul 06.
 
@@ -2977,11 +3005,6 @@ When 'encoding' is utf-8 typing text at the end of the line causes previously
 typed characters to be redrawn.  Caused by patch 7.1.329. (Tyler Spivey, 2008
 Sep 3, 11)
 
-When Vim in an xterm owns the selection and the user does ":shell" Vim doesn't
-respond to selection requests.  Invoking XtDisownSelection() before executing
-the shell doesn't help.  Would require forking and doing a message loop, like
-what happens for the GUI.
-
 ":vimgrep" does not recognize a recursive symlink.  Is it possible to detect
 this, at least for Unix (using device/inode)?
 
@@ -3016,8 +3039,6 @@ More patches:
 -   Add 'cscopeignorecase' option. (Liang Wenzhi, 2006 Sept 3)
 -   Extra argument to strtrans() to translate special keys to their name (Eric
     Arnold, 2006 May 22)
--   'threglookexp' option: only match with first word in thesaurus file.
-    (Jakson A. Aquino, 2006 Jun 14)
 -   Mac: indicate whether a buffer was modified. (Nicolas Weber, 2006 Jun 30)
 -   Allow negative 'nrwidth' for left aligning. (Nathan Laredo, 2006 Aug 16)
 -   ml_append_string(): efficiently append to an existing line. (Brad
@@ -3072,11 +3093,6 @@ Awaiting updated patches:
     use the patch that keeps using HLF_8 if HLF_WS has not
     been given values.
     Add section in help files for these highlight groups?
-8   "fg" and "bg" don't work in an xterm.  Get default colors from xterm
-    with an ESC sequence.
-    xterm can send colors for many things.  E.g. for the cursor:
-	<Esc>]12;?<Bel>
-    Can use this to get the background color and restore the colors on exit.
 7   Add "DefaultFG" and "DefaultBG" for the colors of the menu. (Marcin
     Dalecki has a patch for Motif and Carbon)
 -   Add possibility to highlight specific columns (for Fortran).  Or put a
@@ -3278,9 +3294,6 @@ Win32 GUI known bugs:
 8   When the 'shell' cannot be executed, should give an appropriate error msg.
     Esp. for a filter command, currently it only complains the file could not
     be read.
-7   Add an option to add one pixel column to the character width?  Lucida
-    Console italic is wider than the normal font ("d" overlaps with next char).
-    Opposite of 'linespace': 'columnspace'.
 7   At the hit-enter prompt scrolling now no longer works.  Need to use the
     keyboard to get around this.  Pretend <CR> was hit when the user tries to
     scroll?
@@ -3673,7 +3686,6 @@ Macintosh:
 8   Xterm sends ^[[H for <Home> and ^[[F for <End> in some mode.  Also
     recognize these keys?  Mostly useful for xterm simulators, like gnometerm.
     See http://dickey.his.com/xterm/xterm.faq.html#xterm_pc_style.
-8   For xterm also recognize keypad up/down/left/right and insert.
 8   '[ and '] should be set to start/end of line when using a linewise operator
     (e.g., ":w").
 8   CTRL-A can't handle big "long" numbers, they become negative.  Check for
@@ -3688,10 +3700,6 @@ Macintosh:
     filesystem, an illegal file name may be created: ".vim".
 8   For each buffer that is opened, the viminfo file is opened and read to
     check for file marks.  This can be slow.
-7   In xterm, recognize both vt100 and vt220 cursor keys.  Change
-    add_termcode() to not remove an existing entry for a name, when it's
-    needed.
-    Need a generic solution to recognize different codes for the same key.
 8   Core dump within signal function: gdb doesn't show stack backtrace!  Option
     to skip catch_signals()?
 9   Repeating a "cw" with "." doesn't work if the text was pasted from the
@@ -4362,8 +4370,6 @@ Vim script language:
     to avoid a performance penalty (esp. for string options)?
 8   Add referring to key options with "&t_xx".  Both for "echo &t_xx" and
     ":let &t_xx =".  Useful for making portable mappings.
--   Add ":let var ?= value", conditional assignment.  Patch by Dave Eggum,
-    2006 Dec 11.
 -   range for ":exec", pass it on to the executed command.  (Webb)
 8   ":{range}source": source the lines from the current file.
 	You can already yank lines and use :@" to execute them.
@@ -4625,9 +4631,6 @@ Messages:
 
 
 Screen updating:
-7   Add a string to the 'display' option to make CTRL-E and CTRL-Y scroll one
-    screen line, also if this means the first line doesn't start with the
-    first character (like what happens with a single line that doesn't fit).
 -   screen_line():
     - insert/delete character stuff.
     - improve delete rest of line (spaces at end of line).

runtime/doc/usr_25.txt

@@ -346,12 +346,13 @@ scroll:
 
 	g0		to first visible character in this line
 	g^		to first non-blank visible character in this line
-	gm		to middle of this line
+	gm		to middle of screen line
+	gM		to middle of the text in this line
 	g$		to last visible character in this line
 
-		|<--	 window    -->|
-	some long    text, part of which is visible ~
-		 g0  g^    gm	     g$
+		|<--	  window     -->|
+	some long    text, part of which is visible in one line ~
+		 g0  g^    gm	   gM g$
 
 
 BREAKING AT WORDS				*edit-no-break*

runtime/doc/usr_27.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2018 Jan 26
+*usr_27.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 14
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -474,19 +474,19 @@ the line break happens, because all items mentioned so far don't match a line
 break.
    To check for a line break in a specific place, use the "\n" item: >
 
-	/the\nword
+	/one\ntwo
 
-This will match at a line that ends in "the" and the next line starts with
-"word".  To match "the word" as well, you need to match a space or a line
+This will match at a line that ends in "one" and the next line starts with
+"two".  To match "one two" as well, you need to match a space or a line
 break.  The item to use for it is "\_s": >
 
-	/the\_sword
+	/one\_stwo
 
 To allow any amount of white space: >
 
-	/the\_s\+word
+	/one\_s\+two
 
-This also matches when "the  " is at the end of a line and "   word" at the
+This also matches when "one  " is at the end of a line and "   two" at the
 start of the next one.
 
 "\s" matches white space, "\_s" matches white space or a line break.

runtime/doc/usr_41.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jul 06
+*usr_41.txt*	For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Sep 23
 
 		     VIM USER MANUAL - by Bram Moolenaar
 
@@ -856,6 +856,7 @@ Insert mode completion:				*completion-functions*
 	complete_check()	check if completion should be aborted
 	complete_info()		get current completion information
 	pumvisible()		check if the popup menu is displayed
+	pum_getpos()		position and size of popup menu if visible
 
 Folding:					*folding-functions*
 	foldclosed()		check for a closed fold at a specific line

runtime/doc/usr_90.txt

@@ -480,9 +480,9 @@ probably contains your vimrc file and other runtime files that you created, so
 be careful.
 
 Else, if you installed Vim with the zip archives, the preferred way is to use
-the "uninstal" program (note the missing l at the end).  You can find it in
-the same directory as the "install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This
-should also work from the usual "install/remove software" page.
+the "uninstall" program.  You can find it in the same directory as the
+"install" program, e.g., "c:\vim\vim61".  This should also work from the usual
+"install/remove software" page.
    However, this only removes the registry entries for Vim.  You have to
 delete the files yourself.  Simply select the directory "vim\vim61" and delete
 it recursively.  There should be no files there that you changed, but you

runtime/doc/various.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 10
+*various.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 17
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -332,11 +332,12 @@ N  *+byte_offset*	support for 'o' flag in 'statusline' option, "go"
 m  *+channel*		inter process communication |channel|
 N  *+cindent*		|'cindent'|, C indenting
 N  *+clientserver*	Unix and Win32: Remote invocation |clientserver|
-   *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support
-N  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
+   *+clipboard*		|clipboard| support compiled-in
+   *+clipboard_working*	|clipboard| support compiled-in and working
+T  *+cmdline_compl*	command line completion |cmdline-completion|
 S  *+cmdline_hist*	command line history |cmdline-history|
 N  *+cmdline_info*	|'showcmd'| and |'ruler'|
-N  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
+T  *+comments*		|'comments'| support
 B  *+conceal*		"conceal" support, see |conceal| |:syn-conceal| etc.
 N  *+cryptv*		encryption support |encryption|
 B  *+cscope*		|cscope| support
@@ -371,7 +372,7 @@ N  *+gettext*		message translations |multi-lang|
 m  *+hangul_input*	Hangul input support |hangul|
    *+iconv*		Compiled with the |iconv()| function
    *+iconv/dyn*		Likewise |iconv-dynamic| |/dyn|
-N  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
+T  *+insert_expand*	|insert_expand| Insert mode completion
 m  *+job*		starting and stopping jobs |job|
 S  *+jumplist*		|jumplist|
 B  *+keymap*		|'keymap'|
@@ -382,13 +383,13 @@ N  *+linebreak*		|'linebreak'|, |'breakat'| and |'showbreak'|
 N  *+lispindent*	|'lisp'|
 T  *+listcmds*		Vim commands for the list of buffers |buffer-hidden|
 			and argument list |:argdelete|
-N  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
+T  *+localmap*		Support for mappings local to a buffer |:map-local|
 m  *+lua*		|Lua| interface
 m  *+lua/dyn*		|Lua| interface |/dyn|
 N  *+menu*		|:menu|
 N  *+mksession*		|:mksession|
-N  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
-N  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
+T  *+modify_fname*	|filename-modifiers|
+T  *+mouse*		Mouse handling |mouse-using|
 N  *+mouseshape*	|'mouseshape'|
 B  *+mouse_dec*		Unix only: Dec terminal mouse handling |dec-mouse|
 N  *+mouse_gpm*		Unix only: Linux console mouse handling |gpm-mouse|
@@ -457,7 +458,6 @@ B  *+vartabs*		Variable-width tabstops. |'vartabstop'|
 N  *+viminfo*		|'viminfo'|
    *+vertsplit*		Vertically split windows |:vsplit|; Always enabled
 			since 8.0.1118.
-			in sync with the |+windows| feature
 N  *+virtualedit*	|'virtualedit'|
 T  *+visual*		Visual mode |Visual-mode| Always enabled since 7.4.200.
 T  *+visualextra*	extra Visual mode commands |blockwise-operators|
@@ -575,6 +575,8 @@ N  *+X11*		Unix only: can restore window title |X11|
 			   |:marks|      - filter by text in the current file,
 					   or file name for other files
 			   |:oldfiles|   - filter by file name
+			   |:registers|  - filter by register contents
+					   (does not work multi-line)
 			   |:set|        - filter by variable name
 
 			Only normal messages are filtered, error messages are

runtime/doc/version8.txt

@@ -7625,8 +7625,8 @@ Problem:    Still using __ARGS.
 Solution:   Remove __ARGS in several files. (script by Hirohito Higashi)
 Files:      src/ex_eval.c, src/ex_getln.c, src/farsi.c, src/fileio.c,
             src/fold.c, src/getchar.c, src/gui.c, src/gui_at_fs.c,
-            gui_at_sb.c, src/gui_athena.c, src/gui_beval.c, src/gui_motif.c,
-            src/gui_w32.c, src/gui_w48.c
+            src/gui_at_sb.c, src/gui_athena.c, src/gui_beval.c,
+            src/gui_motif.c, src/gui_w32.c, src/gui_w48.c
 
 Patch 7.4.1198
 Problem:    Still using __ARGS.
@@ -8045,7 +8045,7 @@ Patch 7.4.1264
 Problem:    Crash when receiving an empty array.
 Solution:   Check for array with wrong number of arguments. (Damien)
 Files:      src/channel.c, src/eval.c, src/testdir/test_channel.py,
-            src/testdir.test_channel.vim
+            src/testdir/test_channel.vim
 
 Patch 7.4.1265
 Problem:    Not all channel commands are tested.
@@ -8454,8 +8454,8 @@ Files:      src/os_win32.c
 Patch 7.4.1336
 Problem:    Channel NL mode is not supported yet.
 Solution:   Add NL mode support to channels.
-Files:      src/channel.c, src/netbeans.c, src/structs.h, src/os_unix.d,
-            src/os_win32.c, src/proto/channel.pro, src/proto/os_unix.pro,
+Files:      src/channel.c, src/netbeans.c, src/structs.h, src/os_win32.c,
+            src/proto/channel.pro, src/proto/os_unix.pro,
             src/proto/os_win32.pro, src/testdir/test_channel.vim,
             src/testdir/test_channel_pipe.py
 
@@ -13904,7 +13904,7 @@ Problem:    Using 'hlsearch' highlighting instead of matchpos if there is no
             search match.
 Solution:   Pass NULL as last item to next_search_hl() when searching for
             'hlsearch' match. (Shane Harper, closes #1013)
-Files:      src/screen.c, src/testdir/test_match.vim.
+Files:      src/screen.c, src/testdir/test_match.vim
 
 Patch 7.4.2270
 Problem:    Insufficient testing for NUL bytes on a raw channel.
@@ -18306,13 +18306,13 @@ Patch 8.0.0610
 Problem:    The screen is redrawn when t_BG is set and used to detect the
             value for 'background'.
 Solution:   Don't redraw when the value of 'background' didn't change.
-Files:      src/term.c.
+Files:      src/term.c
 
 Patch 8.0.0611
 Problem:    When t_u7 is sent a few characters in the second screen line are
             overwritten and not redrawn later. (Rastislav Barlik)
 Solution:   Move redrawing the screen to after overwriting the characters.
-Files:      src/main.c, src/term.c.
+Files:      src/main.c, src/term.c
 
 Patch 8.0.0612
 Problem:    Package directories are added to 'runtimepath' only after loading
@@ -27638,7 +27638,7 @@ Files:	    src/terminal.c, src/testdir/dumps/Test_syntax_c_01.dump
 Patch 8.1.0327
 Problem:    The "g CTRL-G" command isn't tested much.
 Solution:   Add more tests. (Dominique Pelle, closes #3369)
-Files:	    src/testdir/test_normal.c
+Files:	    src/testdir/test_normal.vim
 
 Patch 8.1.0328
 Problem:    inputlist() doesn't work with a timer. (Dominique Pelle)
@@ -29424,7 +29424,7 @@ Patch 8.1.0629
 Problem:    "gn" selects the wrong text with a multi-line match.
 Solution:   Get the end position from searchit() directly. (closes #3695)
 Files:	    src/testdir/test_gn.vim, src/search.c, src/proto/search.pro,
-            src/edit.c, src/evalfunc.c, src/ex_docmd.c, ex_getln.c,
+            src/edit.c, src/evalfunc.c, src/ex_docmd.c, src/ex_getln.c,
             src/normal.c
 
 Patch 8.1.0630
@@ -30859,7 +30859,7 @@ Patch 8.1.0849
 Problem:    Cursorline highlight is not always updated.
 Solution:   Set w_last_cursorline when redrawing.  Fix resetting cursor flags
             when using the popup menu.
-Files:	    src/screen.c, src/popupmenu.c, src/testdir/test_highlight.vim,
+Files:	    src/screen.c, src/popupmnu.c, src/testdir/test_highlight.vim,
             src/testdir/dumps/Test_cursorline_yank_01.dump
 
 Patch 8.1.0850
@@ -33447,7 +33447,7 @@ Patch 8.1.1276
 Problem:    Cannot combine text properties with syntax highlighting.
 Solution:   Add the "combine" field to prop_type_add(). (closes #4343)
 Files:	    runtime/doc/eval.txt, runtime/doc/textprop.txt, src/screen.c,
-            src/testprop.c, src/structs.h, src/testdir/test_textprop.vim
+            src/structs.h, src/testdir/test_textprop.vim
 
 Patch 8.1.1277 (after 8.1.1276)
 Problem:    Missing screenshot update.

runtime/doc/vi_diff.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 May 13
+*vi_diff.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 12
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -64,6 +64,9 @@ w300			number	(default 23)		*'w300'*
 w1200			number	(default 23)		*'w1200'*
 w9600			number	(default 23)		*'w9600'*
 
+Vi did not allow for changing the termcap entries, you would have to exit Vi,
+edit the termcap entry and try again.  Vim has the |terminal-options|.
+
 ==============================================================================
 3. Limits						*limits*
 
@@ -703,7 +706,7 @@ first character).
 
 CTRL-A works like CTRL-@ but does not leave insert mode.
 
-CTRL-R {0-9a-z..} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
+CTRL-R {register} can be used to insert the contents of a register.
 
 When the 'smartindent' option is set, C programs will be better auto-indented.
 With 'cindent' even more.

runtime/doc/vim.1

@@ -266,7 +266,7 @@ Otherwise an error message is given and
 aborts.
 .TP
 \-i {viminfo}
-When using the viminfo file is enabled, this option sets the filename to use,
+Specifies the filename to use when reading or writing the viminfo file,
 instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
 This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file, by giving the name
 "NONE".
@@ -289,7 +289,7 @@ so that changes are not allowed and files can not be written.  Note that these
 options can be set to enable making modifications.
 .TP
 \-N
-No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible' option.
+No-compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.
 This will make
 .B Vim
 behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible, even though a .vimrc file does

runtime/doc/vim.man

@@ -62,10 +62,10 @@ DESCRIPTION
        -q [errorfile]
                    Start  in  quickFix mode.  The file [errorfile] is read and
                    the first error is displayed.  If [errorfile]  is  omitted,
-                   the  filename  is  obtained  from  the  'errorfile'  option
-                   (defaults to "AztecC.Err" for the  Amiga,  "errors.err"  on
-                   other  systems).   Further errors can be jumped to with the
-                   ":cn" command.  See ":help quickfix".
+                   the  filename  is obtained from the 'errorfile' option (de‐
+                   faults to "AztecC.Err" for the Amiga, "errors.err" on other
+                   systems).   Further  errors can be jumped to with the ":cn"
+                   command.  See ":help quickfix".
 
        Vim behaves differently, depending on the name of the command (the exe‐
        cutable may still be the same file).
@@ -92,8 +92,8 @@ DESCRIPTION
                  done with the "-Z" argument.
 
 OPTIONS
-       The  options  may  be  given  in  any order, before or after filenames.
-       Options without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
+       The  options may be given in any order, before or after filenames.  Op‐
+       tions without an argument can be combined after a single dash.
 
        +[num]      For the first file the cursor will be  positioned  on  line
                    "num".   If "num" is missing, the cursor will be positioned
@@ -132,8 +132,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    sible to edit a binary or executable file.
 
        -C          Compatible.   Set  the 'compatible' option.  This will make
-                   Vim behave mostly  like  Vi,  even  though  a  .vimrc  file
-                   exists.
+                   Vim behave mostly like Vi, even though a  .vimrc  file  ex‐
+                   ists.
 
        -d          Start  in  diff  mode.   There should be two, three or four
                    file name arguments.  Vim will open all the files and  show
@@ -151,15 +151,15 @@ OPTIONS
        -E          Start Vim in improved Ex mode, just like the executable was
                    called "exim".
 
-       -f          Foreground.   For  the  GUI  version, Vim will not fork and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.  On the Amiga, Vim
+       -f          Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.  On the  Amiga,  Vim
                    is  not restarted to open a new window.  This option should
                    be used when Vim is executed by a program  that  will  wait
                    for  the  edit session to finish (e.g. mail).  On the Amiga
                    the ":sh" and ":!" commands will not work.
 
-       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim  will  not  fork  and
-                   detach from the shell it was started in.
+       --nofork    Foreground.  For the GUI version, Vim will not fork and de‐
+                   tach from the shell it was started in.
 
        -F          If  Vim  has  been  compiled with FKMAP support for editing
                    right-to-left oriented files and  Farsi  keyboard  mapping,
@@ -167,12 +167,12 @@ OPTIONS
                    'rightleft' are set.  Otherwise an error message  is  given
                    and Vim aborts.
 
-       -g          If  Vim  has  been  compiled  with GUI support, this option
-                   enables the GUI.  If no GUI support  was  compiled  in,  an
-                   error message is given and Vim aborts.
+       -g          If  Vim has been compiled with GUI support, this option en‐
+                   ables the GUI.  If no GUI support was compiled in, an error
+                   message is given and Vim aborts.
 
-       -h          Give  a  bit  of  help about the command line arguments and
-                   options.  After this Vim exits.
+       -h          Give a bit of help about the command line arguments and op‐
+                   tions.  After this Vim exits.
 
        -H          If Vim has been compiled with RIGHTLEFT support for editing
                    right-to-left  oriented  files and Hebrew keyboard mapping,
@@ -181,10 +181,10 @@ OPTIONS
                    and Vim aborts.
 
        -i {viminfo}
-                   When using the viminfo file is enabled,  this  option  sets
-                   the  filename  to use, instead of the default "~/.viminfo".
-                   This can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo file,
-                   by giving the name "NONE".
+                   Specifies the filename to use when reading or  writing  the
+                   viminfo  file,  instead  of the default "~/.viminfo".  This
+                   can also be used to skip the use of the .viminfo  file,  by
+                   giving the name "NONE".
 
        -L          Same as -r.
 
@@ -199,7 +199,7 @@ OPTIONS
                    files  can  not be written.  Note that these options can be
                    set to enable making modifications.
 
-       -N          No-compatible mode.  Reset the 'compatible'  option.   This
+       -N          No-compatible mode.  Resets the 'compatible' option.   This
                    will  make Vim behave a bit better, but less Vi compatible,
                    even though a .vimrc file does not exist.
 
@@ -208,8 +208,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    slow medium (e.g. floppy).  Can also  be  done  with  ":set
                    uc=0".  Can be undone with ":set uc=200".
 
-       -nb         Become  an  editor  server  for NetBeans.  See the docs for
-                   details.
+       -nb         Become an editor server for NetBeans.  See the docs for de‐
+                   tails.
 
        -o[N]       Open N windows stacked.  When N is omitted, open one window
                    for each file.
@@ -228,8 +228,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    above).  The 'readonly' option  can  be  reset  with  ":set
                    noro".  See ":help 'readonly'".
 
-       -r          List  swap  files,  with  information  about using them for
-                   recovery.
+       -r          List  swap files, with information about using them for re‐
+                   covery.
 
        -r {file}   Recovery mode.  The swap file is used to recover a  crashed
                    editing  session.   The  swap  file is a file with the same
@@ -247,8 +247,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    characters are read from the keyboard.
 
        -T {terminal}
-                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal  you  are  using.   Only
-                   required  when the automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
+                   Tells Vim the name of the terminal you are using.  Only re‐
+                   quired  when  the  automatic way doesn't work.  Should be a
                    terminal known to Vim (builtin) or defined in  the  termcap
                    or terminfo file.
 
@@ -342,8 +342,8 @@ OPTIONS
                    the server to connect to.
 
        --socketid {id}
-                   GTK  GUI  only:  Use  the  GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in
-                   another window.
+                   GTK  GUI only: Use the GtkPlug mechanism to run gvim in an‐
+                   other window.
 
        --version   Print version information and exit.
 

runtime/doc/windows.txt

@@ -1,4 +1,4 @@
-*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Jun 02
+*windows.txt*   For Vim version 8.1.  Last change: 2019 Oct 27
 
 
 		  VIM REFERENCE MANUAL    by Bram Moolenaar
@@ -28,8 +28,6 @@ The basics are explained in chapter 7 and 8 of the user manual |usr_07.txt|
 
 {not able to use multiple windows when the |+windows| feature was disabled at
 compile time}
-{not able to use vertically split windows when the |+vertsplit| feature was
-disabled at compile time}
 
 ==============================================================================
 1. Introduction					*windows-intro* *window*
@@ -162,6 +160,10 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-S						*CTRL-W_CTRL-S*
 		Note: CTRL-S does not work on all terminals and might block
 		further input, use CTRL-Q to get going again.
 		Also see |++opt| and |+cmd|.
+							*E242*
+		Be careful when splitting a window in an autocommand, it may
+		mess up the window layout if this happens while making other
+		window layout changes.
 
 CTRL-W CTRL-V						*CTRL-W_CTRL-V*
 CTRL-W v						*CTRL-W_v*
@@ -310,6 +312,9 @@ CTRL-W CTRL-Q						*CTRL-W_CTRL-Q*
 		    :+quit  " quit the next window
 		    :+2quit " quit the second next window
 <
+		When closing a help window, Vim will try to restore the
+		previous window layout |:helpclose|.
+
 :q[uit]!
 :{count}q[uit]!
 		Without {count}: Quit the current window.  If {count} is
@@ -507,7 +512,6 @@ CTRL-W H	Move the current window to be at the far left, using the
 		current window and then creating another one with
 		":vert topleft split", except that the current window contents
 		is used for the new window.
-		{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit| feature}
 
 						*CTRL-W_L*
 CTRL-W L	Move the current window to be at the far right, using the full
@@ -515,7 +519,6 @@ CTRL-W L	Move the current window to be at the far right, using the full
 		current window and then creating another one with
 		":vert botright split", except that the current window
 		contents is used for the new window.
-		{not available when compiled without the |+vertsplit| feature}
 
 						*CTRL-W_T*
 CTRL-W T	Move the current window to a new tab page.  This fails if
@@ -545,6 +548,10 @@ CTRL-W +	Increase current window height by N (default 1).
 CTRL-W CTRL-_					*CTRL-W_CTRL-_* *CTRL-W__*
 CTRL-W _	Set current window height to N (default: highest possible).
 
+:{winnr}res[ize] [+-]N
+		Like `:resize` above, but apply the size to window {winnr}
+		instead of the current window.
+
 z{nr}<CR>	Set current window height to {nr}.
 
 						*CTRL-W_<*
@@ -667,6 +674,8 @@ can also get to them with the buffer list commands, like ":bnext".
 		|:vertical| was prepended).
 		Buf/Win Enter/Leave autocommands are not executed for the new
 		windows here, that's only done when they are really entered.
+		If autocommands change the window layout while this command is
+		busy an error will be given. *E249*
 
 :[N]sa[rgument][!] [++opt] [+cmd] [N]			*:sa* *:sargument*
 		Short for ":split | argument [N]": split window and go to Nth
@@ -869,10 +878,20 @@ Alternatively, a popup window can be used by setting the 'previewpopup'
 option.  When set, it overrules the 'previewwindow' and 'previewheight'
 settings.  The option is a comma separated list of values:
 	height		maximum height of the popup
-	width		maximu width of the popup
+	width		maximum width of the popup
+	highlight	highlight group of the popup (default is Pmenu)
 Example: >
 	:set previewpopup=height:10,width:60
-<
+
+A few peculiarities:
+- If the file is in a buffer already, it will be re-used.  This will allow for
+  editing the file while it's visible in the popup window.
+- No ATTENTION dialog will be used, since you can't edit the file in the popup
+  window.  However, if you later open the same buffer in a normal window, you
+  may not notice it's edited elsewhere.  And when then using ":edit" to
+  trigger the ATTENTION and responding "A" for Abort, the preview window will
+  become empty.
+
 						*:pta* *:ptag*
 :pta[g][!] [tagname]
 		Does ":tag[!] [tagname]" and shows the found tag in a
@@ -1075,6 +1094,7 @@ list of buffers. |unlisted-buffer|
 		     R	 terminal buffers with a running job
 		     F	 terminal buffers with a finished job
 		     ?   terminal buffers without a job: `:terminal NONE`
+		     t   show time last used and sort buffers
 		Combining flags means they are "and"ed together, e.g.:
 		     h+   hidden buffers which are modified
 		     a+   active buffers which are modified

runtime/filetype.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim support file to detect file types
 "
 " Maintainer:	Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
-" Last Change:	2019 May 06
+" Last Change:	2019 Nov 01
 
 " Listen very carefully, I will say this only once
 if exists("did_load_filetypes")
@@ -384,8 +384,8 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead configure.in,configure.ac setf config
 " CUDA  Cumpute Unified Device Architecture
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.cu,*.cuh		setf cuda
 
-" Dockerfile
-au BufNewFile,BufRead Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
+" Dockerfilb; Podman uses the same syntax with name Containerfile
+au BufNewFile,BufRead Containerfile,Dockerfile,*.Dockerfile	setf dockerfile
 
 " WildPackets EtherPeek Decoder
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.dcd			setf dcd
@@ -425,6 +425,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.csp,*.fdr		setf csp
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.pld			setf cupl
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.si			setf cuplsim
 
+" Dart
+au BufRead,BufNewfile *.dart,*.drt		setf dart
+
 " Debian Control
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */debian/control		setf debcontrol
 au BufNewFile,BufRead control
@@ -701,15 +704,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vc,*.ev,*.sum,*.errsum	setf hercules
 " HEX (Intel)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hex,*.h32		setf hex
 
+" Hollywood
+au BufRead,BufNewFile *.hws			setf hollywood
+
 " Tilde (must be before HTML)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.t.html			setf tilde
 
 " HTML (.shtml and .stm for server side)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.html,*.htm,*.shtml,*.stm  call dist#ft#FThtml()
 
-" Vue.js Single File Component
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vue			setf vuejs
-
 " HTML with Ruby - eRuby
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.erb,*.rhtml		setf eruby
 
@@ -798,7 +801,10 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.java,*.jav		setf java
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jj,*.jjt		setf javacc
 
 " JavaScript, ECMAScript
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.jsx,*.mjs   setf javascript
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.js,*.javascript,*.es,*.mjs   setf javascript
+
+" JavaScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsx			setf javascriptreact
 
 " Java Server Pages
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.jsp			setf jsp
@@ -976,6 +982,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead hg-editor-*.txt		setf hgcommit
 " Mercurial config (looks like generic config file)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.hgrc,*hgrc		setf cfg
 
+" Meson Build system config
+au BufNewFile,BufRead meson.build,meson_options.txt setf meson
+
 " Messages (logs mostly)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead */log/{auth,cron,daemon,debug,kern,lpr,mail,messages,news/news,syslog,user}{,.log,.err,.info,.warn,.crit,.notice}{,.[0-9]*,-[0-9]*} setf messages
 
@@ -1709,6 +1718,9 @@ au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.twig		setf twig
 " Typescript
 au BufNewFile,BufReadPost *.ts			setf typescript
 
+" TypeScript with React
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.tsx			setf typescriptreact
+
 " Motif UIT/UIL files
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.uit,*.uil		setf uil
 
@@ -1779,12 +1791,15 @@ au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wrl			setf vrml
 " Vroom (vim testing and executable documentation)
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vroom			setf vroom
 
-" Webmacro
-au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
+" Vue.js Single File Component
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.vue			setf vue
 
 " WebAssembly
 au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wast,*.wat		setf wast
 
+" Webmacro
+au BufNewFile,BufRead *.wm			setf webmacro
+
 " Wget config
 au BufNewFile,BufRead .wgetrc,wgetrc		setf wget
 

runtime/ftplugin/bash.vim

@@ -11,21 +11,10 @@ if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
 endif
 
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
 let b:is_bash = 1
-if exists("b:is_sh")
-  unlet b:is_sh
-endif
-if exists("b:is_kornshell")
-  unlet b:is_kornshell
-endif
 
-" Setting 'filetype' here directly won't work, since we are being invoked
-" through an autocommand.  Do it later, on the BufWinEnter event.
-augroup bash_filetype
-  au BufWinEnter * call SetBashFt()
-augroup END
+runtime! ftplugin/sh.vim ftplugin/sh_*.vim ftplugin/sh/*.vim
 
-func SetBashFt()
-  au! bash_filetype
-  set ft=sh
-endfunc
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/ftplugin/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! ftplugin/javascript.vim

runtime/ftplugin/man.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,8 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	man
 " Maintainer:	SungHyun Nam <goweol@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 	2019 Jan 22
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 26
+"		(fix by Jason Franklin)
 
 " To make the ":Man" command available before editing a manual page, source
 " this script from your startup vimrc file.
@@ -131,11 +132,17 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     let page = expand('<cword>')
   endif
 
-  if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    let sect = ""
+  if !exists('g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback') || (g:ft_man_no_sect_fallback == 0)
+    if sect != "" && s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
+      let sect = ""
+    endif
   endif
   if s:FindPage(sect, page) == 0
-    echo "\nCannot find a '".page."'."
+    let msg = "\nNo manual entry for ".page
+    if sect != ""
+      let msg .= " in section ".sect
+    endif
+    echo msg
     return
   endif
   exec "let s:man_tag_buf_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".bufnr("%")
@@ -143,6 +150,8 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
   exec "let s:man_tag_col_".s:man_tag_depth." = ".col(".")
   let s:man_tag_depth = s:man_tag_depth + 1
 
+  let open_cmd = 'edit'
+
   " Use an existing "man" window if it exists, otherwise open a new one.
   if &filetype != "man"
     let thiswin = winnr()
@@ -161,28 +170,25 @@ func <SID>GetPage(cmdmods, ...)
     endif
     if &filetype != "man"
       if exists("g:ft_man_open_mode")
-        if g:ft_man_open_mode == "vert"
-          vnew
-        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == "tab"
-          tabnew
+        if g:ft_man_open_mode == 'vert'
+	  let open_cmd = 'vsplit'
+        elseif g:ft_man_open_mode == 'tab'
+	  let open_cmd = 'tabedit'
         else
-          new
+	  let open_cmd = 'split'
         endif
       else
-	if a:cmdmods != ''
-	  exe a:cmdmods . ' new'
-	else
-	  new
-	endif
+	let open_cmd = a:cmdmods . ' split'
       endif
-      setl nonu fdc=0
     endif
   endif
-  silent exec "edit $HOME/".page.".".sect."~"
+
+  silent execute open_cmd . " $HOME/" . page . '.' . sect . '~'
+
   " Avoid warning for editing the dummy file twice
   setl buftype=nofile noswapfile
 
-  setl ma nonu nornu nofen
+  setl fdc=0 ma nofen nonu nornu
   silent exec "norm! 1GdG"
   let unsetwidth = 0
   if empty($MANWIDTH)

runtime/ftplugin/matlab.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:	matlab
 " Maintainer:	Jake Wasserman <jwasserman at gmail dot com>
-" Last Changed: 2014 Dec 30
+" Last Change: 	2019 Sep 27
 
 " Contributors:
 " Charles Campbell
@@ -24,8 +24,9 @@ endif
 
 setlocal suffixesadd=.m
 setlocal suffixes+=.asv
+setlocal commentstring=%\ %s
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< "
+let b:undo_ftplugin = "setlocal suffixesadd< suffixes< commentstring< "
 	\ . "| unlet! b:match_words"
 
 let &cpo = s:save_cpo

runtime/ftplugin/meson.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,19 @@
+" Vim filetype plugin file
+" Language:	meson
+" License:	VIM License
+" Original Author:	Laurent Pinchart <laurent.pinchart@ideasonboard.com>
+" Last Change:		2018 Nov 27
+
+if exists("b:did_ftplugin") | finish | endif
+let b:did_ftplugin = 1
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+setlocal commentstring=#\ %s
+setlocal comments=:#
+
+setlocal shiftwidth=2
+setlocal softtabstop=2
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo

runtime/ftplugin/qf.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim filetype plugin file
 " Language:     Vim's quickfix window
 " Maintainer:   Lech Lorens <Lech.Lorens@gmail.com>
-" Last Changed: 30 Apr 2012
+" Last Change: 	2019 Jul 15
 
 if exists("b:did_ftplugin")
   finish
@@ -10,7 +10,9 @@ endif
 " Don't load another plugin for this buffer
 let b:did_ftplugin = 1
 
-let b:undo_ftplugin = "set stl<"
+if !get(g:, 'qf_disable_statusline')
+  let b:undo_ftplugin = "set stl<"
 
-" Display the command that produced the list in the quickfix window:
-setlocal stl=%t%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}\ %=%-15(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
+  " Display the command that produced the list in the quickfix window:
+  setlocal stl=%t%{exists('w:quickfix_title')?\ '\ '.w:quickfix_title\ :\ ''}\ %=%-15(%l,%c%V%)\ %P
+endif

runtime/gvim.desktop

@@ -4,22 +4,26 @@
 # Translators: This is the Application Name used in the GVim desktop file
 Name[de]=GVim
 Name[eo]=GVim
+Name[tr]=GVim
 Name=GVim
 # Translators: This is the Generic Application Name used in the Vim desktop file
 GenericName[de]=Texteditor
 GenericName[eo]=Tekstoredaktilo
 GenericName[ja]=テキストエディタ
+GenericName[tr]=Metin Düzenleyici
 GenericName=Text Editor
 # Translators: This is the comment used in the Vim desktop file
 Comment[de]=Textdateien bearbeiten
 Comment[eo]=Redakti tekstajn dosierojn
 Comment[ja]=テキストファイルを編集します
+Comment[tr]=Metin dosyaları düzenle
 Comment=Edit text files
 # The translations should come from the po file. Leave them here for now, they will
 # be overwritten by the po file when generating the desktop.file!
 GenericName[da]=Teksteditor
 GenericName[fr]=Éditeur de texte
 GenericName[pl]=Edytor tekstu
+GenericName[sr]=Едитор текста
 GenericName[is]=Ritvinnsluforrit
 Comment[af]=Redigeer tekslêers
 Comment[am]=የጽሑፍ ፋይሎች ያስተካክሉ
@@ -81,7 +85,6 @@ Comment[sv]=Redigera textfiler
 Comment[ta]=உரை கோப்புகளை தொகுக்கவும்
 Comment[th]=แก้ไขแฟ้มข้อความ
 Comment[tk]=Metin faýllary editle
-Comment[tr]=Metin dosyalarını düzenle
 Comment[uk]=Редактор текстових файлів
 Comment[vi]=Soạn thảo tập tin văn bản
 Comment[wa]=Asspougnî des fitchîs tecses
@@ -95,6 +98,7 @@ Type=Application
 Keywords[de]=Text;Editor;
 Keywords[eo]=Teksto;redaktilo;
 Keywords[ja]=テキスト;エディタ;
+Keywords[tr]=Metin;düzenleyici;
 Keywords=Text;editor;
 # Translators: This is the Icon file name. Do NOT translate
 Icon[de]=gvim

runtime/indent/bash.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:	bash
+" Maintainer:	Bram
+" Last Change:	2019 Sep 27
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+   finish
+endif
+
+" The actual indenting is in sh.vim and controlled by buffer-local variables.
+unlet! b:is_sh
+unlet! b:is_kornshell
+let b:is_bash = 1
+
+runtime! indent/sh.vim
+
+" vim: ts=8

runtime/indent/javascriptreact.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,2 @@
+" Placeholder for backwards compatilibity: .jsx used to stand for JavaScript.
+runtime! indent/javascript.vim

runtime/indent/meson.vim

@@ -0,0 +1,180 @@
+" Vim indent file
+" Language:		Meson
+" License:		VIM License
+" Maintainer:		Nirbheek Chauhan <nirbheek.chauhan@gmail.com>
+" Original Authors:	David Bustos <bustos@caltech.edu>
+"			Bram Moolenaar <Bram@vim.org>
+" Last Change:		2019 Oct 18
+
+" Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
+if exists("b:did_indent")
+  finish
+endif
+let b:did_indent = 1
+
+" Some preliminary settings
+setlocal nolisp		" Make sure lisp indenting doesn't supersede us
+setlocal autoindent	" indentexpr isn't much help otherwise
+
+setlocal indentexpr=GetMesonIndent(v:lnum)
+setlocal indentkeys+==elif,=else,=endforeach,=endif,0)
+
+" Only define the function once.
+if exists("*GetMesonIndent")
+  finish
+endif
+let s:keepcpo= &cpo
+set cpo&vim
+
+" Come here when loading the script the first time.
+
+let s:maxoff = 50	" maximum number of lines to look backwards for ()
+
+function GetMesonIndent(lnum)
+  echom getline(line("."))
+
+  " If this line is explicitly joined: If the previous line was also joined,
+  " line it up with that one, otherwise add two 'shiftwidth'
+  if getline(a:lnum - 1) =~ '\\$'
+    if a:lnum > 1 && getline(a:lnum - 2) =~ '\\$'
+      return indent(a:lnum - 1)
+    endif
+    return indent(a:lnum - 1) + (exists("g:mesonindent_continue") ? eval(g:mesonindent_continue) : (shiftwidth() * 2))
+  endif
+
+  " If the start of the line is in a string don't change the indent.
+  if has('syntax_items')
+	\ && synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, 1, 1), "name") =~ "String$"
+    return -1
+  endif
+
+  " Search backwards for the previous non-empty line.
+  let plnum = prevnonblank(v:lnum - 1)
+
+  if plnum == 0
+    " This is the first non-empty line, use zero indent.
+    return 0
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line is inside parenthesis, use the indent of the starting
+  " line.
+  " Trick: use the non-existing "dummy" variable to break out of the loop when
+  " going too far back.
+  call cursor(plnum, 1)
+  let parlnum = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'nbW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (plnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+  if parlnum > 0
+    let plindent = indent(parlnum)
+    let plnumstart = parlnum
+  else
+    let plindent = indent(plnum)
+    let plnumstart = plnum
+  endif
+
+
+  " When inside parenthesis: If at the first line below the parenthesis add
+  " a 'shiftwidth', otherwise same as previous line.
+  " i = (a
+  "       + b
+  "       + c)
+  call cursor(a:lnum, 1)
+  let p = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+  if p > 0
+    if p == plnum
+      " When the start is inside parenthesis, only indent one 'shiftwidth'.
+      let pp = searchpair('(\|{\|\[', '', ')\|}\|\]', 'bW',
+	  \ "line('.') < " . (a:lnum - s:maxoff) . " ? dummy :"
+	  \ . " synIDattr(synID(line('.'), col('.'), 1), 'name')"
+	  \ . " =~ '\\(Comment\\|Todo\\|String\\)$'")
+      if pp > 0
+	return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_nested_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_nested_paren) : shiftwidth())
+      endif
+      return indent(plnum) + (exists("g:pyindent_open_paren") ? eval(g:pyindent_open_paren) : shiftwidth())
+    endif
+    if plnumstart == p
+      return indent(plnum)
+    endif
+    return plindent
+  endif
+
+
+  " Get the line and remove a trailing comment.
+  " Use syntax highlighting attributes when possible.
+  let pline = getline(plnum)
+  let pline_len = strlen(pline)
+  if has('syntax_items')
+    " If the last character in the line is a comment, do a binary search for
+    " the start of the comment.  synID() is slow, a linear search would take
+    " too long on a long line.
+    if synIDattr(synID(plnum, pline_len, 1), "name") =~ "\\(Comment\\|Todo\\)$"
+      let min = 1
+      let max = pline_len
+      while min < max
+	let col = (min + max) / 2
+	if synIDattr(synID(plnum, col, 1), "name") =~ "\\(Comment\\|Todo\\)$"
+	  let max = col
+	else
+	  let min = col + 1
+	endif
+      endwhile
+      let pline = strpart(pline, 0, min - 1)
+    endif
+  else
+    let col = 0
+    while col < pline_len
+      if pline[col] == '#'
+	let pline = strpart(pline, 0, col)
+	break
+      endif
+      let col = col + 1
+    endwhile
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line ended the conditional/loop
+  if getline(plnum) =~ '^\s*\(endif\|endforeach\)\>\s*'
+    " Maintain indent
+    return -1
+  endif
+
+  " If the previous line ended with a builtin, indent this line
+  if pline =~ '^\s*\(foreach\|if\|else\|elif\)\>\s*'
+    return plindent + shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  " If the current line begins with a header keyword, deindent
+  if getline(a:lnum) =~ '^\s*\(else\|elif\|endif\|endforeach\)'
+
+    " Unless the previous line was a one-liner
+    if getline(plnumstart) =~ '^\s*\(foreach\|if\)\>\s*'
+      return plindent
+    endif
+
+    " Or the user has already dedented
+    if indent(a:lnum) <= plindent - shiftwidth()
+      return -1
+    endif
+
+    return plindent - shiftwidth()
+  endif
+
+  " When after a () construct we probably want to go back to the start line.
+  " a = (b
+  "       + c)
+  " here
+  if parlnum > 0
+    return plindent
+  endif
+
+  return -1
+
+endfunction
+
+let &cpo = s:keepcpo
+unlet s:keepcpo
+
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/php.vim

@@ -1,10 +1,10 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	PHP
-" Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) teaser (DOT) fr>
-" URL:		http://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
+" Author:	John Wellesz <John.wellesz (AT) gmail (DOT) com>
+" URL:		https://www.2072productions.com/vim/indent/php.vim
 " Home:		https://github.com/2072/PHP-Indenting-for-VIm
-" Last Change:	2018 May 18th
-" Version:	1.66
+" Last Change:	2019 Jully 21st
+" Version:	1.70
 "
 "
 "	Type :help php-indent for available options
@@ -19,7 +19,7 @@
 
 " NOTE: This script must be used with PHP syntax ON and with the php syntax
 "	script by Lutz Eymers (http://www.isp.de/data/php.vim ) or with the
-"	script by Peter Hodge (http://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1571 )
+"	script by Peter Hodge (https://www.vim.org/scripts/script.php?script_id=1571 )
 "	the later is bunbdled by default with Vim 7.
 "
 "
@@ -41,7 +41,6 @@
 "	silently remove them when VIM load this script (at each bufread).
 
 
-
 if exists("b:did_indent")
     finish
 endif
@@ -95,7 +94,17 @@ else
     let b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent = 0
 endif
 
+if exists("PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters")
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters
+else
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters = 0
+endif
 
+if exists("PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters")
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters
+else
+    let b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters = 0
+endif
 
 let b:PHP_lastindented = 0
 let b:PHP_indentbeforelast = 0
@@ -129,15 +138,19 @@ endif
 
 if exists("*GetPhpIndent")
     call ResetPhpOptions()
-    finish
+    finish " XXX -- comment this line for easy dev
 endif
 
 
-let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
-let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\)'
-let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
-let s:functionDecl = '\<function\>\%(\s\+&\='.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*(.*'
 let s:endline = '\s*\%(//.*\|#.*\|/\*.*\*/\s*\)\=$'
+let s:PHP_validVariable = '[a-zA-Z_\x7f-\xff][a-zA-Z0-9_\x7f-\xff]*'
+let s:notPhpHereDoc = '\%(break\|return\|continue\|exit\|die\|else\|end\%(if\|while\|for\|foreach\|switch\)\)'
+let s:blockstart = '\%(\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\%(\s\+\)\=\)\=if\>\|\%(}\s*\)\?else\>\|do\>\|while\>\|switch\>\|case\>\|default\>\|for\%(each\)\=\>\|declare\>\|class\>\|trait\>\|\%()\s*\)\=use\>\|interface\>\|abstract\>\|final\>\|try\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=catch\>\|\%(}\s*\)\=finally\>\)'
+let s:functionDeclPrefix = '\<function\>\%(\s\+&\='.s:PHP_validVariable.'\)\=\s*('
+let s:functionDecl = s:functionDeclPrefix.'.*'
+let s:multilineFunctionDecl = s:functionDeclPrefix.s:endline
+let s:arrayDecl = '\<array\>\s*(.*'
+let s:multilineFunctionCall = s:PHP_validVariable.'\s*('.s:endline
 let s:unstated = '\%(^\s*'.s:blockstart.'.*)\|\%(//.*\)\@<!\<e'.'lse\>\)'.s:endline
 
 
@@ -210,7 +223,7 @@ function! GetLastRealCodeLNum(startline) " {{{
 	    while getline(lnum) !~? tofind && lnum > 1
 		let lnum = lnum - 1
 	    endwhile
-	elseif lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline
+	elseif lastline =~ '^\s*[''"`][;,]' || (lastline =~ '^[^''"`]*[''"`][;,]'.s:endline && IslinePHP(lnum, "") == "SpecStringEntrails")
 
 	    let tofind=substitute( lastline, '^.*\([''"`]\)[;,].*$', '^[^\1]\\+[\1]$\\|^[^\1]\\+[=([]\\s*[\1]', '')
 	    let trylnum = lnum
@@ -289,17 +302,23 @@ function! FindOpenBracket(lnum, blockStarter) " {{{
 endfun " }}}
 
 let s:blockChars = {'{':1, '[': 1, '(': 1, ')':-1, ']':-1, '}':-1}
+let s:blockCharsLUT = {'{':'{', '}':'{',   '[':'[', ']':'[',   '(':'(', ')':'('}
 function! BalanceDirection (str)
 
-    let balance = 0
+    let balance = {'{':0, '[': 0, '(': 0, 'none':0}
+    let director = 'none'
 
     for c in split(a:str, '\zs')
 	if has_key(s:blockChars, c)
-	    let balance += s:blockChars[c]
+	    let balance[s:blockCharsLUT[c]] += s:blockChars[c]
+
+	    if balance[s:blockCharsLUT[c]]
+		let director = s:blockCharsLUT[c]
+	    endif
 	endif
     endfor
 
-    return balance
+    return balance[director]
 endfun
 
 function! StripEndlineComments (line)
@@ -308,7 +327,8 @@ endfun
 
 function! FindArrowIndent (lnum)  " {{{
 
-    let parrentArrowPos = 0
+    let parrentArrowPos = -1
+    let cursorPos = -1
     let lnum = a:lnum
     while lnum > 1
 	let last_line = getline(lnum)
@@ -316,31 +336,46 @@ function! FindArrowIndent (lnum)  " {{{
 	    let parrentArrowPos = indent(a:lnum)
 	    break
 	else
-	    call cursor(lnum, 1)
-	    let cleanedLnum = StripEndlineComments(last_line)
-	    if cleanedLnum =~ '->'
-		if ! b:PHP_noArrowMatching
-		    let parrentArrowPos = searchpos('->', 'W', lnum)[1] - 1
-		else
-		    let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
-		endif
-		break
-	    elseif cleanedLnum =~ ')'.s:endline && BalanceDirection(last_line) < 0
-		call searchpos(')'.s:endline, 'cW', lnum)
-		let openedparent = searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
-		if openedparent != lnum
-		    let lnum = openedparent
-		else
-		    let openedparent = -1
-		endif
 
+	    if b:PHP_noArrowMatching
+		break
+	    endif
+
+	    let cleanedLnum = StripEndlineComments(last_line)
+
+	    if cleanedLnum =~ ')'.s:endline
+		if BalanceDirection(cleanedLnum) <= 0
+		    call cursor(lnum, 1)
+		    call searchpos(')'.s:endline, 'cW', lnum)
+		    let openedparent =  searchpair('(', '', ')', 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+		    let cursorPos = col(".")
+		    if openedparent != lnum
+			let lnum = openedparent
+			continue
+		    else
+		    endif
+		else
+		    let parrentArrowPos = -1
+		    break
+		end
+	    endif
+
+	    if cleanedLnum =~ '->'
+		call cursor(lnum, cursorPos == -1 ? strwidth(cleanedLnum) : cursorPos)
+		let parrentArrowPos = searchpos('->', 'cWb', lnum)[1] - 1
+
+		break
 	    else
-		let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
+		let parrentArrowPos = -1
 		break
 	    endif
 	endif
     endwhile
 
+    if parrentArrowPos == -1
+	let parrentArrowPos = indent(lnum) + shiftwidth()
+    end
+
     return parrentArrowPos
 endfun "}}}
 
@@ -432,7 +467,7 @@ function! IslinePHP (lnum, tofind) " {{{
     let synname = synIDattr(synID(a:lnum, coltotest, 0), "name")
 
     if synname ==? 'phpStringSingle' || synname ==? 'phpStringDouble' || synname ==? 'phpBacktick'
-	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]'
+	if cline !~ '^\s*[''"`]' " ??? XXX
 	    return "SpecStringEntrails"
 	else
 	    return synname
@@ -471,7 +506,7 @@ endfunc
 call ResetPhpOptions()
 
 function! GetPhpIndentVersion()
-    return "1.66-bundle"
+    return "1.70-bundle"
 endfun
 
 function! GetPhpIndent()
@@ -615,7 +650,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let b:InPHPcode_and_script = 1
 	    endif
 
-	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
+	elseif last_line =~ '^[^''"`]\+[''"`]$' && last_line !~ '^\s*\%(//\|#\|/\*.*\*/\s*$\)' " a string identifier with nothing after it and no other string identifier before
 	    let b:InPHPcode = -1
 	    let b:InPHPcode_tofind = substitute( last_line, '^.*\([''"`]\).*$', '^[^\1]*\1[;,]$', '')
 	elseif last_line =~? '<<<\s*[''"]\=\a\w*[''"]\=$'
@@ -723,7 +758,7 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
 
-    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^[)\]]' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase
+    if last_line =~ '[;}]'.endline && last_line !~ '^[)\]]' && last_line !~# s:defaultORcase && last_line !~ '^\s*[''"`][;,]'
 	if ind==b:PHP_default_indenting
 	    return b:PHP_default_indenting + addSpecial
 	elseif b:PHP_indentinghuge && ind==b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel && cline !~# '^\s*\%(else\|\%(case\|default\).*:\|[})];\=\)' && last_line !~# '^\s*\%(\%(}\s*\)\=else\)' && getline(GetLastRealCodeLNum(lnum - 1))=~';'.endline
@@ -869,6 +904,14 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
 		let ind = ind + shiftwidth()
 	    endif
 
+	    if b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters && last_line =~ s:multilineFunctionCall && last_line !~ s:structureHead && last_line !~ s:arrayDecl
+		let ind = ind + b:PHP_IndentFunctionCallParameters * shiftwidth()
+	    endif
+
+	    if b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters && last_line =~ s:multilineFunctionDecl
+		let ind = ind + b:PHP_IndentFunctionDeclarationParameters * shiftwidth()
+	    endif
+
 	    if b:PHP_BracesAtCodeLevel || b:PHP_vintage_case_default_indent == 1
 		let b:PHP_CurrentIndentLevel = ind
 
@@ -897,10 +940,15 @@ function! GetPhpIndent()
     endif
 
     if cline =~ '^\s*[)\]];\='
-	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
-    endif
+	call cursor(v:lnum, 1)
+	call searchpos('[)\]]', 'cW')
+	let matchedBlockChar = cline[col('.')-1]
+	let openedparent = searchpair('\M'.s:blockCharsLUT[matchedBlockChar], '', '\M'.matchedBlockChar, 'bW', 'Skippmatch()')
+	if openedparent != v:lnum
+	    let ind = indent(openedparent)
+	endif
 
-    if last_line =~ '^\s*->' && last_line !~? s:structureHead && BalanceDirection(last_line) <= 0
+    elseif last_line =~ '^\s*->' && last_line !~? s:structureHead && BalanceDirection(last_line) <= 0
 	let ind = ind - shiftwidth()
     endif
 

runtime/indent/sh.vim

@@ -3,10 +3,13 @@
 " Maintainer:          Christian Brabandt <cb@256bit.org>
 " Original Author:     Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Previous Maintainer: Peter Aronoff <telemachus@arpinum.org>
-" Latest Revision:     2019-04-27
+" Latest Revision:     2019-10-24
 " License:             Vim (see :h license)
 " Repository:          https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent
 " Changelog:
+"          20190726  - Correctly skip if keywords in syntax comments
+"                      (issue #17)
+"          20190603  - Do not indent in zsh filetypes with an `if` in comments
 "          20190428  - De-indent fi correctly when typing with
 "                      https://github.com/chrisbra/vim-sh-indent/issues/15
 "          20190325  - Indent fi; correctly
@@ -80,8 +83,9 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   let ind = indent(lnum)
 
   " Check contents of previous lines
+  " should not apply to e.g. commented lines
   if line =~ '^\s*\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>' ||
-        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
+        \  (&ft is# 'zsh' && line =~ '^\s*\<\%(if\|then\|do\|else\|elif\|case\|while\|until\|for\|select\|foreach\)\>')
     if !s:is_end_expression(line)
       let ind += s:indent_value('default')
     endif
@@ -129,7 +133,8 @@ function! GetShIndent()
   " Current line is a endif line, so get indent from start of "if condition" line
   " TODO: should we do the same for other "end" lines?
   if curline =~ '^\s*\%(fi\);\?\s*\%(#.*\)\=$'
-    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW')
+    let ind = indent(v:lnum)
+    let previous_line = searchpair('\<if\>', '', '\<fi\>\zs', 'bnW', 'synIDattr(synID(line("."),col("."), 1),"name") =~? "comment\\|quote"')
     if previous_line > 0
       let ind = indent(previous_line)
     endif
@@ -190,7 +195,7 @@ endfunction
 function! s:is_function_definition(line)
   return a:line =~ '^\s*\<\k\+\>\s*()\s*{' ||
        \ a:line =~ '^\s*{' ||
-       \ a:line =~ '^\s*function\s*\w\S\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
+       \ a:line =~ '^\s*function\s*\k\+\s*\%(()\)\?\s*{'
 endfunction
 
 function! s:is_array(line)

runtime/indent/systemverilog.vim

@@ -1,7 +1,7 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:    SystemVerilog
 " Maintainer:  kocha <kocha.lsifrontend@gmail.com>
-" Last Change: 12-Aug-2013. 
+" Last Change: 05-Feb-2017 by Bilal Wasim
 
 " Only load this indent file when no other was loaded.
 if exists("b:did_indent")
@@ -74,7 +74,7 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
 
   " Indent after if/else/for/case/always/initial/specify/fork blocks
   elseif last_line =~ '`\@<!\<\(if\|else\)\>' ||
-    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\|do\|foreach\|randcase\)\>' ||
+    \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(for\|case\%[[zx]]\|do\|foreach\|forever\|randcase\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(always\|always_comb\|always_ff\|always_latch\)\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '^\s*\<\(initial\|specify\|fork\|final\)\>'
     if last_line !~ '\(;\|\<end\>\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
@@ -129,9 +129,9 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
   " De-indent for the end of one-line block
   elseif ( last_line !~ '\<begin\>' ||
     \ last_line =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' ) &&
-    \ last_line2 =~ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>.*' .
+    \ last_line2 =~ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|final\)\>.*' .
       \ sv_comment . '*$' &&
-    \ last_line2 !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|final\)\>' &&
+    \ last_line2 !~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|final\)\>' &&
     \ last_line2 !~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
     \ ( last_line2 !~ '\<begin\>' ||
     \ last_line2 =~ '\(//\|/\*\).*\<begin\>' )
@@ -194,7 +194,7 @@ function SystemVerilogIndent()
       \ last_line !~ '^\s*\<\(property\|checker\|program\)\>' &&
       \ last_line !~ '^\s*\()*\s*;\|)\+\)\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' &&
       \ ( last_line =~
-      \ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|randcase\|final\)\>' ||
+      \ '\<\(`\@<!if\|`\@<!else\|for\|case\%[[zx]]\|always\|initial\|do\|foreach\|forever\|randcase\|final\)\>' ||
       \ last_line =~ ')\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' ||
       \ last_line =~ sv_openstat . '\s*' . sv_comment . '*$' )
       let ind = ind - offset
@@ -227,4 +227,4 @@ endfunction
 let &cpo = s:cpo_save
 unlet s:cpo_save
 
-" vim:sw=2
+" vim:sw=2

runtime/indent/tcl.vim

@@ -1,8 +1,8 @@
 " Vim indent file
 " Language:	    	Tcl
-" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
 " Latest Update:  	Chris Heithoff <chrisheithoff@gmail.com>
-" Latest Revision:  	2018-12-05
+" Previous Maintainer:	Nikolai Weibull <now@bitwi.se>
+" Latest Revision:      2018-12-05
 
 if exists("b:did_indent")
   finish

runtime/indent/testdir/runtest.vim

@@ -20,6 +20,7 @@ func HandleSwapExists()
   endif
 endfunc
 
+let failed_count = 0
 for fname in glob('testdir/*.in', 1, 1)
   let root = substitute(fname, '\.in', '', '')
 
@@ -110,6 +111,7 @@ for fname in glob('testdir/*.in', 1, 1)
     endif
 
     if failed
+      let failed_count += 1
       exe 'write ' . root . '.fail'
       echoerr 'Test ' . fname . ' FAILED!'
     else
@@ -123,4 +125,8 @@ endfor
 " Matching "if 1" at the start.
 endif
 
+if failed_count > 0
+  " have make report an error
+  cquit
+endif
 qall!

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.in

@@ -44,3 +44,18 @@ let f = x
 " prev-line
 endfunc
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+let a =<< END
+nothing
+END
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_AT  this-line
+let a=<< trim END
+   blah
+      blah
+      blah this-line
+END
+" END_INDENT

runtime/indent/testdir/vim.ok

@@ -44,3 +44,18 @@ func Some()
 " prev-line
 endfunc
 " END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+let a =<< END
+    nothing
+END
+" END_INDENT
+
+" START_INDENT
+" INDENT_AT  this-line
+let a=<< trim END
+   blah
+      blah
+      blah this-line
+END
+" END_INDENT